Just me and you... and Paimon I suppose

by GrubbyCandy

Summary:

(1st POV isekai type story idk, i just wanted to write silly stuff. Omniscient POV sometimes, things mentioned before might become irrelevant in the future, most of this has been loosely based off of some dreams I had, yes you can laugh 🚶♂️. back on hiatus lmaoo; EDITING 16/33!)

I'm in the world of Genshin Impact. And by 'I', I mean you, the one reading this.

How did I get here? Who knows
What am I doing here? Trying to survive
Do I have some type of magical powers? Probably not, but I can make dang good Mondstadt Hashbrowns, though

(Genshin Impact is a video game by Hoyoverse, all the characters and canon story lore are reserved to them)

Chapter 1: Into the Thick of It

Summary:

I wake up in Teyvat, how did I get here? Why are my socks wet? And why is Paimon so gosh darn cool?

(Prologue/Part1)

 ‘ I don’t remember exactly how it happened or why (for a matter of fact). Maybe playing Genshin Impact 8-hours a day, every day, DOES turn people mad. Maybe I really am dreaming and in an asylum of sorts. But right now, all I know is that I am travelling through Teyvat, with Aether and Paimon in search of Lumine.’

 

(＿ ＿*) Z z z

 

  Wet socks, one of the most uncomfortable feelings in the world. What makes it worse? Having SANDY, wet socks on without knowing why. That was the main reason I woke up, the second was that I could feel someone shaking my shoulders, forcefully by the time I reacted. Slowly opening my eyes, the bright rays of the sun interfered with my vision, making it difficult to depict the figure staring down at me from above. 

 

   Adjusting to the light, I pulled myself up and stared down at my legs that the tide kept trying to pull in to the vast, rocky seaside I could see for miles on end. ‘Wait, the sea? When the heck did I get to the beach? With these types of shoes, especially.’  

 

  I was confused, to say the least. When someone clears their throat to speak, I instinctively turn toward the source. 

 

  ‘Huh, it’s Aether… wait, it’s Aether?’ 

 

  Fight or flight kicked in and being from the modern-day, I -of course- chose flight. Making haste to get away, my back was met with a rock. ‘Great,’ thoughts ran through my head, ‘as if my bad posture wasn’t bad enough for my spine.’

 

   “Uh, are you alright?” 

 

  The familiar voice of the Outlander spoke from beside me with a concerned, yet guarded tone. ‘It’s clear (insert language you understand Genshin in) , it sounds just like him!’ Taking a second to gather my words, I answered his question with a quiet, “Yes.” 

 

  The Outlander studies me for a moment as I try to rub my back to relieve my pain. He then sighs, standing up and walking away for a moment before coming back and handing me a bowl of some sort of soup. Whatever it was, it was really good, so I drank it in one go. The golden-haired man watched in surprise with a hint of amusement, “I’m glad you like it, let me get you some more.” 

 

 Taking care of the previously mentioned wet shoes and socks, I watched the man walk over to a cauldron over a fire and pour more soup into the wooden bowl. When he handed the bowl back to me, I drank the soup a bit slower so we could talk. The first question I had was, “Where...where am I?”

 

  ‘Wow, is that seriously the first question?'

 

  Scratching the back of his neck for a second, the golden-haired man responded, “Well, to be honest, I’m not quite sure myself. Though, I feel like I should.”

 

  I did not know what kind of answer to expect, but this seemed like a logical one. 

 

  Genshin Impact, an international adventure game that was flooded with success. At the start of the game, your map does not have any places explored and Paimon is the one guiding the Traveller once they leave the beach.

 

   ‘Wait, Paimon!’

 

  Glancing around, I could not see the mysterious fairy (or whatever they were). The Outlander noticed me looking for something, he had his hand overing his hip as if to grab some sort of blade that was not there, ready to take the offense if I was trying any funny business. However, he turned his hand into a fist when I sat back and remained with my confused expression; the man decided to ask, “Is something missing, um.., your name?” 

 

  ‘I forgot to introduce myself! Or is he calling me 'Your Name', gosh, am I Y/N?’

 

  “Oh, um,” I started, “I am (Name).” Simple and plain, there's no reason to hide my name, right? I can trust the protagonist of a game...right?

 

  As common courtesy would have it, I extended my hand for a polite shake, which he accepted after a pause, “...Pleasure to meet you, I am Aether.” 

 

  ‘Oh please, the pleasure is all mine.’ A small laugh escaped my mouth, which I quickly tried to hide before he noticed. I should just stop having thoughts. Brain no think.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

 The rest of that day is kind of a blur. Aether and I kind of just talked all day. He asked me about my origin and what the heck was I supposed to say about that? As anyone who was just isekai-ed into a video game should say, I made something up about being from another world and I got lost in the spacetime continuum or something. Despite starring daggers into my head whenever I glanced away or thought too long about an answer, this seemed to pique the blonde’s interest and relax his offense stance  -the 'me being from another world', not the spacetime continuum thing. He kept asking me questions about my other-world experiences, but, of course, I had to lie about not remembering anything. This seemed to interest him even more. 

 

  I was not entirely lying, though. Despite knowing who I was, where I lived, and where I really was -that being inside the story of a video game-, hell if I knew why I had ended up here, if I could return home. I know I don’t belong here, so what am I supposed to do?

 

  A few days later, for better or worse, Paimon came into the picture! 

 

  It was a sunny day by the beach, Aether was fishing while I cut up the fish to cook for lunch. Out of nowhere, he called over to me and lifted what he had just gotten out of the water. After being shaken a bit, the mysterious being floated up and made an effort to dry off. She spoke, “Ah, Paimon thought it was game over for them. Thank you for saving her!” 

 

 Paimon coming into play gave me a brief estimate of how long until the story started. But before that, we had a few hoops we had to jump through. Although the three of us could understand each other in (language), Paimon’s teaching of the world beyond the beach made it clear that we would have to learn the native tongue. Professor Paimon would do her best to teach us something new every day, having Aether and I do basic conversation examples and write words on the sand. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

 Time passed and I had honestly forgotten where I was, having gotten used to the seaside camp (yeeess, beach living!), until Paimon abruptly woke us up one day, “Hey, Paimon thought we were going to wake up early to watch the sunrise before we set off?” 

 

  After an apology, we ate a light breakfast, and as we ate -Aether recounted his story for his audience of two. ‘Wait, it’s happening!’ 

 

  Taking time to think to myself as he spoke, I thought about what my part of the story is. Since, you know, I’m not supposed to be here and all. 

 

 First off, Aether is the Traveller in this, which means Lumine is… you know. ‘Could this be my enemies to lovers story? No, wait, focus.’ 

 

  Second, I am not the main character here, which means I can’t go around spoiling the story for everyone. What fun would you have if I just spilt all the beans? I had just arrived in Ritou on my account, so it’s not like I could spill a whole lot. Genshin was a game I would fully immerse myself in, thought it seems I have truly taken it too far. Maybe the Inazuma excitement had sent me into a coma or my device got too hot and exploded while running and I have gone into the far beyond and this is some weird purgatory I can't escape from until the story is over. Whatever it is that happened to me out there, I need to keep my mouth shut in here... this is Aether and Lumine's story. 

 

 Third, I can’t fight to save my life, which probably depends on it. Catching crabs and lizards? No problem, but even fighting the few slimes we have encountered here was tough. I tried to fight a pyro slime that had appeared a little after I woke up one day, but I forgot basic science for a second because the wooden stick burned right through it. Aether had stopped asking questions about my adventures in other worlds when he probably got the jist that I was a common civilian from some place where nothing happens.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Paimon pushing me from behind snapped me out of my thoughts, “Come on, let’s go!” she shouted and I could see Aether clearing away a hydro slime that had appeared a few steps ahead. In my hands, I suddenly held rolled-up parchment paper and a bag of sorts. 

 

 Unrolling the paper, it was revealed to be blank. ‘Fun.’ The bag on the other hand (haha, other hand) was tied up with a rope, undoing the rope, the bag opened and out of it fell...nothing! ‘Much fun.’ Trying to find a place to put the items away, they suddenly vanished into thin air. ‘Jolly good fun.’  

 

  Jogging over to where Aether and Paimon were, a mysterious monument -that was definitely not there before- was emitting a red glow. Curiously,  Aether placed his hand on it- which made the red glow be replaced by a blue one. The empty parchment paper from earlier appeared before me and marked on it now was a white pinpoint. Then it clicked in my brain. 

 

  ‘Oh! This is the world map and the bag must be like my inventory, right?’  

 

  The map vanished once again and we kept walking wherever Paimon guided us. The familiarity of the area was returning, it had been so long since I had taken this path in-game, but walking through it with a first-person perspective was amazing. This feeling of amazement quickly disappeared when it was time to climb and make our way through tutorial mode. Carefully, I placed my feet and hands on stable openings and began climbing up. Playground rock walls had prepared me for this. 

 

 “Here,” Aether spoke up from above and offered his hand to help me up. Such a nice ‘young’ man. 

 

  We continued walking, Paimon telling us more about the world and how our first step should be to find a Statue of the Seven. ‘ A Statue of the Seven in the flesh, in 1080p, huh. This is exciting.’ A flash of comments regarding the Statues of the Seven from the Internet I had seen in the past appeared in my mind, making me laugh a little. 

 

  Aether seemed to hear and he turned to ask if I was alright. “Oh, y-yes, sorry.” 

 

  The blonde was probably tired of me laughing whenever something popped into my head, but he never said anything about it. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Oh, woooow…” Paimon gasped from up ahead. We walked up behind her and took in the view. Wind in our face, the blue and green hues, it was truly breathtaking! Paimon exclaimed as they pointed to a monument in the distance, “That’s a Statue of the Seven!”  

 

  Exposition went in one ear and out the other, I could not stop staring at the view on this cliffside, which I made sure not to fall off of. Paimon would take us to meet the so-called Anemo Archon. We made our way down the path as Paimon kept talking, “There’ll definitely be someone there that can help you find your sister and find your way home, at least that’s what Paimon thinks. Whether the Gods actually answer you is a different story, but you never know unless you try!” 

 

  Following Paimon to the Statue of the Seven, we reached a small body of water, which she said we could just swim through to get to the island in the middle, where the Statue stood. Wet socks, the real enemy. 

 

  Trying to ignore our soaked clothes, Aether placed his hands on the monument -which provoked a rare reaction. An aquamarine orb of light shot out of the arms of the statue and made its way to the Golden Traveller. A great gust of wind nearly knocked us over, speedily drying us up in the process. Once I regained my footing, the map appeared and on it- a whole area, which I knew as Starfell Valley, was added to the map. 

 

  “Ooh! Did you just feel the elements of the world?” Paimon continued the story I remembered, as well as I remembered it. Apparently, well enough, as I quickly hid behind the statue once pyro slimes appeared and Aether tested out his new elemental skills. Jealousy totally ran through me, why did I not get cool powers? I wasn’t the only one feeling jel, as Paimon complained about it lightheartedly as well. 

 

  Walking ahead of the two, I knelt on the side of the path to grab some mushrooms and sweet flowers that were simply calling my name. A curious Traveller knelt beside me, eying the flora and fungi with cuisine in mind, “Ooh, this could be good for-”. 

 

  Whatever words he was trying to say were shaken by the wind as a humongous creature flew over us. Paimon gasped, “Wow! What is that? It’s headed toward the heart of the forest! Let’s proceed with caution.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Making our way to the heart of the forest, we hid behind one of the big trees and watched a mysterious person interact with the dragon. 

 

‘There he isssss,’ thoughts ran through my head. Venti will always have a special place in my heart, -I became a fan of his through fancams before I even picked up Genshin. [This is true, please laugh.] Anyways: Anemo power, an angry dragon, swoosh. 

 

  I honestly thought I would die right here in the prologue.. Holding on to Aether for dear life -as was Paimon- but once the winds calmed down, we looked around to see that both figures had disappeared. I decided to steal a few lines to move the story along as Aether massaged his scalp, “Oh, what is that shiny thing?” 

 

  The small, shiny red stone floating where the dragon once stood caught the attention of my travelling companions as well, Paimon warning us to be careful. I did my contribution to the story and stood aside until the bottomless bag appeared before me when Aether had to place the shiny rock away. Paimon sighed in relief, “We’ve got it, now let’s get out of here!”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

Making our way through the forest, Aether spoke out to me, “Are you nervous about going to the city?” 

 

‘That question...certainly came out of nowhere.’ I turned my head to look at him, a solemn expression as he walked with his head down. ‘Wow, my heart.’ This was a big moment for me, HUGE if I would allow myself to exaggerate, crazy even. But this was also a momentous occasion for Aether in the overall plot. After being seperated from his sister, having his power sealed away, he was making the first step into reuniting with his kin while also saving an entire continent and meeting hundreds, if not thousands, of new people over the next several months and years. He was some magical guy from a far away place, but right now, he was just...a guy, nervous about being in a new place.

 

 A light slap on the shoulder was enough to make the Traveller look up. Some words of encouragement were truly needed, “Chin up, bud. Our Teyvat language is good enough and it’s just as Paimon said -Mondstadt is the city of wind and such, someone is bound to help us. Um...Who knows, maybe your sister is also out there looking for you.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The sound of fast steps came from around us followed by a voice, “Hey you, halt!” 

 

   ‘Oh, it’s her!’  

 

  A figure in red jumped through the air and landed on their feet before turning to us, “May the Anemo Archon protect you, stranger. I am Amber, Outrider for the Knights of Favonius.” Her eyes seemed to study our appearance, “You don’t look like citizens, explain yourselves.” 

 

  “Oh, um-” 

 

 “We’re not looking for trouble.” ‘Thanks for the save, Paimon.’

 

  Outrider Amber’s eyes squinted, eyes sharp like an eagle although her appearance was like that of a rabbit's. 

 

 “Hello, my name is Aether,” The Traveller tried to ease the tension between us and the local authority. I tried to introduce myself as well, but Amber spoke past me, “Doesn’t seem like a local name. And what’s the deal with this… mascot?”

 

  Amber-coloured eyes tried to focus on anything but the situation, he haphazardly spieled out, “It is, um, emergency food. We're travellers, have to keep rations”, which received backlash from Paimon and a chuckle I could not hold back. 

 

 “It wasn’t funny!” They turned to me and gave me a light smack on the head. Amber turned to me and gave me a questioning look before turning back to face Aether. 

 

 “So, you’re travelling partners, right?” Amber tried to sum up the situation, still speaking in a trained authoritative tone. 

 

 “Yes, ma’am,” I tried to better myself, that look she gave me seemed like I did not leave a good first impression. The Knight informed us about the dragon sighting and how it would be best if we got to the city as soon as possible, to be safe, and that she would escort us there. 

 

 “Oh,” Paimon seemed taken aback, “aren’t you out here for some other reason?” 

 

  Amber raised her hands to her hips, “I am, but not to worry, I can keep you both safe. Plus…” She glanced between Aether and Paimon, “ I’m not sure if I can trust you two just yet.” 

 

  ‘Huh...does that mean she trusts me?’ 

 

   After some being called some questionable titles -yes, I AM questioning your handbook- we set off with Amber to finish her task before entering the city, making chit chat and getting more exposition along the way. I tried to ask the Outrider questions of my own, but she ignored my call, until Paimon decided to speak up for me. 

 

 “Ah, (Name) has a question, if you don’t mind Miss Amber.” 

 

 Amber stopped in her tracks and turned to us, “Who?” 

 

  “Go on, ask her your question,” Paimon egged me on and I asked her one of the few questions I had on my mind. However, the Outrider seemed to stand there, a questioning look on her face as she faced Aether, “Yes, what is your question?”

 

  Aether held his hands up in defense, explaining that it was not him that had a question, but me -he gestured to where I stood beside him. 

 

  Brown eyes looked between us in concern before a small, semi-forced smile appeared on her face, “Ah haha, sorry, I’m confused.” 

 

  I stood tall and waved my arms, “Me! I have a question, Outrider Ambeeer!” 

 

 The silence was agonizing and the embarrassment was a bit too much. Amber gave a nervous smile, “Oh, do you travel with an imaginary friend? That's sweet."

 

‘Ima- IMAGINARY FRIEND?’ 

 

 “W-Wha,” Paimon scratched her head, “No, (Name) just has a question! That’s all that!”

 

  The Knight stood tall, “Do not fret, many children in Mondstadt have friends like (Name), as well. I’m sure they’ll have fun together.” 

 

  ‘I am so lost.’

 

  Feeling confused as heck, I walked right up to Amber and fell on my knees, “Please, Miss Amber, my question is so insignificant but at least look at me when you’re talking about me!” 

 

  “Let’s continue, the sooner we take care of this, the sooner we can help you with your missing sister!” 

 

   ‘AAAAAAH!’  

 

  I couldn’t take it anymore, a girl needs attention. Amber turned around and I placed my hands on her shoulders, which provoked a reaction I certainly did NOT expect.

 

 “Ooh,” the brunette shivered, “My shoulders feel kind of heavy, it might start raining soon, let’s hurry.” 

 

  She continued walking. Aether and Paimon stood still, trying to process the failed interaction between me and the new acquaintance. Noticing that no one followed her, Amber’s brown eyes looked right past me and glanced between my pals behind, “are you two coming?”

 

  “I…wha...” I was lost for words. 

 

  Paimon floated over to me and put her hand on my back as we slowly paced behind Amber, “Paimon… Paimon thinks Amber can’t see you.”

 

 “-What?” Aether and I asked simultaneously. He added, “Is that possible in this world?”

 

  Our white-haired companion held her hand up to their chin in thought, “Paimon isn’t sure, this is really weird, though.” 

  ‘What... what am I doing here?’

Notes:

HELLO!! I HOPE YOU ENJOYED, PLease let me know your thoughts or recommend me a song for spotify haha

tbh, I don't really like this chapter, seems a bit wordy but that's the best I could do for this one, it gets better (I hope)

I know starting a story about genshin from the very beginning of the game up until we are now seems like a lot but it serves as a reminder, ya know?

also let me know your 2.1 thoughts! I screamed when I heard you know whoooo

edit 24/07/2025: hello! it has been a while since i looked through this, but im here to edit and add stuff though it. I havent updated this fic in over a year, or more maybe? i dont remember. My interest in genshin overall declined with Fontaine and it died with Natlan because of the character designs and theme (disappointed latino sounds) it just was so...not what i was waiting for, even story wise really. I still love the characters, i have a big aether figure in my room for a reason lol, but the game just isnt for me anymore. however, i see how people read and comment on this story every other week and this was like, my first ao3 big fic venture after my wee-wattpad days, so I want to give it a shot again (especially since i figured out where i kinda wanted to go with this, updated the last chapter, and then disappeared again lol. but tbf i was in uni erm anyways) i'll TRY to edit through this over the next two weeks before i start my job and maybe keep it going, though it will not follow the main/canon story as it has up till now (the latest chapter that is) okay thank you for reading again!

Chapter 2: As you can see, they can’t

Summary:

Amber can't see you! Oh nooOOOOOO. Is it just Amber? What are you gonna do? What will happen? Find out in this week's episode of that one fanfic on ao3!

Part 2

  After taking care of our first hilichurl camp with Amber -which consisted of me sitting off to the side, thinking of my own existentialism, and collecting drops- the group made its way to the city. Although I was still down in the dumps for not being able to be acknowledged by the Outrider and absolutely baffled because of it -walking into Mondstadt was still exciting. People could be seen chatting all around, except…

 

  “The city people don’t look too cheery,” Paimon read my mind as she looked around the plaza.. 

 

  “Everyone has been put out of place by the dragon Stromterror recently,” Amber explained, “But everything will turn out alright as long as Jean’s with us!” The brunette proceeded to tell us about her faith in the Acting Grand-Master regarding the current situation, adding at the end that she had a reward for Aether for helping out back in the hilichurl camp. 

 

  “Hey!", both Paimon and I jumped up at the mention of a reward that didn’t include us. Paimon would get some food in return, but I’m still salty gosh darn it! 

 

  Following the group to some ‘higher ground’, I decided to enjoy the up-close scenery -since there wasn’t much else I could do. Every building was the same, the same for clothes, yet everything had its own feel to it. True Mond-core. Once we made it to the statue of Barbatos, I could not help but gasp at how grand it was. Sure, the cathedral behind it was beautiful, but this was extraordinary on its own! Religion truly creates and inspires magnificent feats. 

 

  While Amber presented and lectured Aether about the wind glider, I made my way to the statue and got a closer look at the engraving, “‘The gateway to Celestia’, huh.” 

 

  “(Name)!”  Paimon called out to me, which provoked a few glances from the other people around the place, “Aether is going to glide, come look!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  I followed Amber and Paimon back to the city square from where we could see Aether slowly glide his way down. He was a total natural, I was jealous. My heartbeat began to speed up, a bit of anxiety creeping in, ‘Is something about to happen? ’

 

  “Whew,” with a light tud, the Golden Traveller touched the ground and put his arms down, making the glider disappear. He seemed to notice my odd expression as I looked around, which did not seem so odd once the winds began speeding up and the sky turned dark. Panic quickly swept the people of Mondstadt, screaming and running ensued once the great dragon flew through the sky and too close to the towering buildings. Amber quickly signaled us to follow her to a safe spot, but a strong whirlwind came from behind that caught Aether in its frenzy. I know I could’ve helped him, but the story needs to progress. ‘Gosh, I sound like an ass.’  

 

  “Wait up!” Paimon followed behind me, I raced past the citizens looking for refuge -making my way back to the Barbatos statue once more. Amber hurried after Paimon, shouting out warnings as our floating companion made her way higher into the sky in search of Aether. 

 

  The whirlwinds banished and from above the statue descended the Traveller. I raced towards him and shook him around a bit, making sure he was still alive. “Um, are you hurt?” Amber came up to him and asked. 

 

  ‘Oh yeah, it's probably really weird to see someone shake like that.’ 

 

  Clap. Clap, Clap.

 

  ‘Oh-’

 

  Slow clapping made our heads turn towards the oncoming person, the one and only. Cryo vision dangling off the hip, eye patch covering his right eye, right in front of me (in high quality!)

 

  “You’ve actually got the power to go up against the dragon,” He glanced my way, “Are you a new ally…” before facing Aether, “or a new storm?”

 

   ‘Wait’ I froze for a second (haha, freeze) ‘Did he just make eye (singular) contact with me?’

 

  Amber began spitting out stuff over Mondstadt’s safety and Stormterror before the man in blue stopped her and asked for introductions. “Oh, right,” the brunette started, “This is Kaeya, our Cavalry Captain. These two are travellers from afar, Aether and Paimon.” 

 

  “Hmm,” Kaeya hummed, looking between the three of us, “And the floating one?” 

 

  Paimon took light offense, “Paimon is Paimon!” 

 

  The Cavalry Captain turned and glanced between Amber and me. His eyes hovered over me for a while, as if he was waiting for me to say something, which I did. 

 

  “Oh, um, I am (Name).” 

 

  Kaeya’s blue eyes seemed to search into my soul, which -as any logical person would- I let him. He gave a slight nod and turned to Amber to hear the rest of the story. 

 

  “I see. Welcome to Mondstadt -though you haven’t arrived at the best of times, I’m afraid,” the Cavalry Captain seemed to sympathize with us, “I understand the anguish of being separated from family. I’m not really sure why you’re looking for the Anemo Archon, but everyone has their secrets, right?”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Our travelling group was led to the Knights of Favonius Headquarters. Kaeya and Amber lead the way as I tried to chat with Aether, asking him questions about what it was like to be up in the air with a huge DRAGON! The blonde tried to describe it as best as he could. Once inside the headquarters, Kaeya opened the door which led to the Acting Grand Master’s office. Inside, two people turned to greet the incoming group. “Jean, I’ve brought them.”

 

 Kaeya summed up the story until now, “And once it was over, I brought them straight here.” Introductions ensued, which I tried to join in, but my hopes died once Jean and Lisa glossed over anything I tried to say. 

 

  ‘Ahh, it hurts,’ my dramatic mind went off as Lisa complimented my friends, ‘it hurts to know she’s not talking to me.’ 

  

 Everyone spoke amongst themselves and I quietly stood by the door. Leaning against the wall, I took time to take in the details in the grand office. There was a vague smell of fruits in the room, maybe Jean likes fruit salads -it does seem like a Jean thing. Such a strange sense of deja vu this whole situation has given me, listening to dialogue I have heard before, but from a new angle and it not being addressed directly to me.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

 One by one, all the knights left the room, with our travelling trio behind them. Once outside the headquarters, they all seemed to vanish in different directions, leaving only Aether, Paimon, and I. Our blonde friend let out a huge sigh, as did the white-haired one. “Paimon could feel the tension of the situation in that room, it was thick!” 

 

  Aether turned to me, a look of concern and confusion over my situation on his face, “Are you alright?” I tried my best to erase any kind of negative expression I must’ve been showing which only made him nudge my arm. 

 

  “I’m fine, I’m fine. Don’t you have some temples you need to investigate?” 

 

  He seemed taken back, “Oh, yes. Are you not joining us?” 

 

  I shook my head, “I think I’ll stay here until you get back, not like I could be of any use. I’ll see if I can find anything about your sister. Go help save the city, my friend.” ‘Got a little too real there.’

 

  “Y-” The Traveller tried to structure his thoughts, “I’ll... We’ll be back soon. Please stay safe.”

 

  And off they went. I smacked myself, knowing dang well I wanted to tag along. But what could I do? 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The sky over Mondstadt was still dark. I tried to help people cleaning up after Stormterror’s appearance, the citizens only seemed confused over how objects were suddenly back in their place. Walking on the terrace north of the city square, I took a seat on one of the benches. I let out a long sigh I had been holding in, not realizing that someone next to me would acknowledge it. 

 

  “Is everything alright?”

 

  The soft voice made me turn to my left, where a young woman with light-brown hair sat, her eyes covered by a cloth band. 

 

  ‘Glory!’  

 

  “Oh, sorry,” I apologized, not thinking she would actually hear me. She gave a slight smile, “No worries, the city is going through a lot, don’t you think?”

 

  ‘She’s talking to me, how? Why? Kaeya -I sort of have a feeling why, but Glory? Well, not that I mind .’ 

 

 “It really is,” I tried to lift the atmosphere, “But something tells me it will be over soon.” 

 

  Glory brought her hand up to her chin, “I don’t think I’ve ever heard your voice before, are you a foreigner?”

 

  I hummed in response, “I am travelling with my friends in search of the Seven Archons, this is our first stop.” 

 

  “I see,” she held her hands together, “May the God of Wind help you in your journ-.” 

 

  “Glory!” 

 

  A sharp voice came from the side. A nun from the church made her way over to the bench, “There you are! Sister Grace sent me to bring you to the Cathedral, let us go.”  

 

  Before she was whisked away, Glory bid me a quiet ‘farewell’. 

 

¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiideeee~°¤

 

 “You’ve arrived.” 

 

  Aether and an out-of-breath Paimon arrived on the grounds of the Temple of the Wolf, where they met with Kaeya. Dark-blue hues glanced between the two, “Where is your third party member?” 

 

  Paimon gasped, “Ah-ha! So you CAN see her!” 

 

  The Cavalry Captain nodded, “That I can and as I have seen, others cannot? Why is that?”

 

  The Traveller shook his head, brow furrowed as he spoke, “We don’t know. No matter how much she tries, (Name) can’t get the attention of anyone else. Almost as if she’s invisible to all except us three.” 

 

  Kaeya stood in thought, “Odd indeed…” 

 

☆☆☆

 

  Plonk, I set the crate full of fruit back onto the cart near the gates of Mondstadt. Little by little, I had been helping from place to place. It’s been a few hours since Aether went to clear the temples, who knew it would take this long. 

 

  As if the Gods could read my mind, rays of light shone through the dark clouds, until all the bad winds had completely vanished. They had done it, huzzah! Moments later, the map appeared before me once again and the area of Galesing Hill had now appeared. Huzzah, Huzzah! The people of Mondstadt looked towards the sky in pure bliss, praises to the archons were heard all around. I made my way towards the gates of Mondstadt before someone caught my peripheral. A woman behind a counter waved her hand in my direction. Thinking it was not directed towards me, I kept walking until she called out, “Miss, with the (colour) top.” 

 

   ‘Katheryne! How could I NOT recognize such a familiar face, but wait -she’s actually talking to me!'

 

  Hurriedly, I made my way over to her Adventurer's Guild reception desk. She put her hands together and was about to speak up before a chipper voice came up from behind me, “(Name!)” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

 “Welcome to the Adventurer’s Guild,” Katheryne began once Aether and Paimon were at my side, “Actually, I have had my eye on you for a long time.”

 

   ‘A long time huh...we’ve only been in Mondstadt for at least two days…’ I thought to myself as Katheryne continued to speak. 

 

  Going on about how much potential Aether had as an adventure, her eyes briefly glanced my way, “You must accumulate Adventure Experience to increase your Adventure Rank.”

 

  ‘Miss Katheryne, please tell me your secrets.’

 

  A mention of rewards caught Paimon’s attention. Katheryne nodded, “Basically, the Adventurer's Guild rewards you every time your Adventure Rank increases. Here is a new member’s gift for you. You will need to return here to claim rewards in the future.” 

 

  Plenty of miscellaneous items appeared on the counter and the inventory bag appeared so we could dump it all into the endless void. 

 

  “Without further ado, please allow me to officially welcome you, our new avid adventurers, into the Guild.” 

 

  ‘Adventurers’ plural!’

 

  All the joy I felt at the acknowledgement of me quickly died once Katheryne handed over a singular book, “Here is your Adventurer Handbook.” I suppose only one makes sense, makes things easier. 

 

  I perused the handbook as the black-haired woman gave us a farewell, “Ad Astra Abyssosque, adventurers. With effort, you shall reach the stars and conquer the abyss!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The sun set over the land of Mond and our travelling trio was making its way out the gates after having explored the goods and services Mondstadt has to offer. It had been a few days since our joining of the Adventurer’s Guild and clearing of bad winds. 

 

  Aether would go on commissions and small tasks here and there, with Paimon in tow, as I stayed behind in our campsite that was set up in the hills of Windrise. I didn’t mind much, as time passed by quickly, it left me time to gather things such as flora and fruit. It also left me time to think about what the heck I was doing here. Did I really just want to sit back and do nothing…?

 

  I walked on the stone wall, under Aether's watchful guard, of the bridge where Timmie's pigeons flew away as soon as they came into view. We had just come back from picking up the day’s rewards from Katheryne and my mind decided it was a good time to speak my truth.

 

  "I would like to learn how to wield a weapon." 

 

  My verbal thought earned a gasp of excitement from Paimon. Aether then spoke, "Really now? Where did this come from?" 

 

   'Ah gosh, how do I put this? I have been thinking about this the past few days...'  

 

  "Hmm, I don't know how to put it in a non-self deprecating way," I made up my reason as I went, "I want to be useful as well, even if it’s just as a distraction when it comes to fighting." 

 

  Jumping onto the dirt at the end of the bridge, we kept walking. 

 

  "I want to do whatever I can to help you find your sister, ya know?"

Notes:

*insert that one kaeya edit, you know the one*

Hola, Hallo, Salut, Ciao, Cześć, Привет, こにちは!!
First week of school is overrrr, 2.1 update next week!! How's everyone feeling? Kazuha, Thoma, and Gorou nation がんばてください！！

I have time to write during my lunch, so I'll be doing that ayeee. I try to have at least one chapter in advance, we're good for the next three :)
Kinda speeding through the story, i really like the next chapter so you'll see that next weeeeek. Thank you for reading!!

Chapter 3: Obligatory Training Montage

Summary:

Must reach adventure rank 10 to continue? no worries! mondstadt is a fun place to explore and have fun with friends, literally nothing could go wrong ^u^

(no, really, nothing could go wrong, just have fun and be safe! not the beach episode lol)

Part 3

The smell of mushrooms, chicken, and eggs woke me up from the endless void I was in- ( I never have dreams or even feel the night go by. It’s as if I close my eyes and it’s the next day). Aether was making breakfast, an eager Paimon by the side with their utensils at the ready. The two gave me cheery greetings as another day started for us in this mysterious world. 

 

  After a hearty breakfast, we made our way into town. I was going to join the two throughout our stops, instead of dividing and conquering the lively plaza stalls, but something caught Paimon’s eye, leading her to drag me away from the blacksmith where Aether was heading. 

 

  “Hmm, Paimon thinks this dress is pretty but too expensive. What do you think?” 

 

  The fairy pulled me into a shop hidden between the alleyways of Mondstadt after stopping at every other shop in the plaza. Their snarky comments about prices would receive glances from the woman behind the check-out counter. When we had walked into the shop, the owner had thought Paimon was a lost child and kept asking where her parents were. I thought the shop’s prices were fair for the quality of the goods. Clothes coming in soft and breezy materials for any type of weather. Paimon would browse over all types of clothes, put them up against me for reference, and thrust them into my arms for me to hold. ‘I guess this is the universal shopping experience when shopping with others.’  

 

  “Um, Paimon?” I decided to ask before she raided the small shop, “Only a couple of shirts would be fine.”

 

  Scratching their head, she reluctantly put back some items they picked out, “Paimon got a bit carried away, but Paimon just wants to pick nice stuff for you and Aether!” I smiled at her, what did we do to deserve Paimon, the best travel companion!

 

  “You could use change too, let’s go look at the baby clothes.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Narrowing down our goods, we ended up with a few pairs of clothes for both hot and cold weather (I had snuck in a children’s shirt with Windwheel Asters on it for Paimon (very cute), a water canteen, and a roll of rope. 

 

  Walking up to the counter, I set the clothes over the counter and the inventory bag appeared so I could take out the mora we would need. ‘Now that I think about it, I could have stolen all of this and no one would have noticed. You reckon Barbatos would know?’

 

   Ding, ding . The bell on the door chimed when it was opened, an out of breath Traveller walked in, “There you are!” 

 

  It seemed he had been looking for his companions throughout the city plaza. He curiously glanced at the items the two had purchased as the transaction ended, “Huh, I’m surprised Paimon did not throw in lots of miscellaneous things, haha.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “...And that’s the end of the haul, hope you enjoyed it,” I folded up the shirt I was holding. 

 

  Our trio was having a picnic for lunch and we showed off what we bought. Aether had also done some shopping by himself so we surprised one another with things we bought for each other. It felt like the holidays. Paimon cleaned up her mouth before speaking, “Paimon can’t believe you actually bought this shirt.” 

 

  She held up the children’s shirt I had picked out for them. I gave her a slight smile, “Aw come on, do you not like it? You’ll look super cute, a true child of the God of Wind.” This caused her to grumble, which made Aether and I laugh. 

 

  As we cleaned up, the Traveller and I got to talking about what it would take for me to learn to fend for myself. Morning runs, timed exercises, challenges here and there -can’t be worse than secondary school physical education, right? 

 

   The blonde asked me what type of weapon I would like to use, which took me a while to think about. 

 

   ‘Hmm,’ I took out my mental whiteboard , ‘Claymores are out of the question (For now, haha jk unless?). Ideally, long-ranged combat would be ideal since I’m afraid of confrontation. BUT! Bow and Arrow, the perfect long-ranged, is not a top option because I cannot aim to save my life, which would depend on it. Catalyst? Well, could it work? I don’t think I could, since that requires some magical ability that resonates with this world (Which I’m not part of, remember?). So that leaves…’

 

  “Polearm, I suppose.” 

 

  Aether looked as if he was holding in a laugh. Trying to defend myself, but also feeling embarrassed, I tried to state my reasoning, “Don’t laugh! It- It’s just the one weapon that I think I could work besides swords… maybe just by throwing it.” 

 

  The blonde regained his composure and dismissed his previous expression, “No, No, I wasn’t going to laugh. I think it suits you very well. Plus, that means I get all the dull blades to myself.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  That night, Aether and Paimon headed off to meet with the Knights. This gave me some alone time to scream my head off. Being grateful that the blonde took care of any hilichurls that came close to our campsite so they wouldn’t hear my cries, well, not that they could anyway. Or maybe they could? I’m still trying to figure all of this out. 

 

  ‘Gosh,’ I laid on my sleeping bag and stared up into the never-changing Teyvat stars ‘What am I doing…’  

 

  I had already asked myself that question many times before, tonight was just like those times. And like those times when I get to be alone, I summoned our Adventurer’s Handbook. Besides showing our experiences, bosses, the day’s commissions and domains -at the end there were some blank pages which I often used. 

 

  Since receiving it, I have been marking the days as they passed in tally marks. As of now, I have just six tallies -one which I mark every day after I have my first meal.  We were at Adventure Rank 13 now, which meant we could continue the main story, but I’ll simply let it lead us on. There is still so much to do, Aether just earned his gliding license two days ago!  

 

  A yawn escaped me after checking over our food supply. It wasn’t that late but I wanted to wake up early for the first step on my weapon-wielding journey. Putting the fire out, I dragged my sleeping bag back into the tent, got comfy, and closed my eyes. 

 

¤°~Meanwhile on the other siidee…~°¤

 

  ‘ This sword better be worth it ,’ the blonde Outlander thought as he and his floating companion walked back to their campsite after leaving the city. The latter was dozing off, hence the silence. 

 

  Aether thought about the encounter they just had with Kaeya, the Cavalry Captain. The Traveller wanted to seek out Lisa the Librarian but ended up bumping into the mysterious eye-patch man. When they met, he scanned the area, looking for (Name), presumably. Did he have some business with their friend? Was he interested in her? Did he...know something about (Name?) The two were at friend level by now, having spent weeks together by the sea before coming inland and Aether felt like he could trust another outsider more than anyone he had met in Mondstadt so far, but (Name) was still just that, and outsider to Teyvat but also to him and he wanted to know more. The Traveller couldn’t wrap his head around it, so he put it off for another day. At the moment, he just wanted to sink into his sleeping bag. 

 

☆☆☆

 

  I woke up in the blink of an eye the next day. I hadn’t eaten anything ,yet I felt the energy of the fresh morning air run through me. Aether and Paimon were dead asleep, so I carefully made my way out of the tent so as to not disturb them. Going to sleep in light clothes made the night cold, but less hassle in the morning. After prepping some oatmeal with fruit, I set off on a walk that would lead into a jog, and a full-on sprint for when things began to chase me. 

 

  Wielding a weapon wasn’t something that was going to happen overnight, so might as well get my body used to high-exercise little by little. Easy and steady wins the race!

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘I would let the Cryo Regisvine and Oceanid beat me up right about now.’  

 

  Trying to get air into my lungs, I got back to the camp to find Aether and Paimon eating my leftovers. Before the Traveller could get any words out, I ran past them, dug into my sleeping bag for clothes, and stumbled back out, “I need to go clean up before I pass out.”

 

  I had jogged pretty far and got semi-lost, only to have to jog all the way back when my energy was already low. Very fun. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  After punting away a cryo slime,  I sat on a rock in the water with my towel wrapped around me. Technically, anyone could see me if they just walked around the plains of Windrise, but no one ever comes around this specific part. I like sitting here to clean up, leaning against the cool rocks for both safety and relief. 

 

  My eyes could only relax for a moment before I heard footsteps approaching. ‘Oh gosh, is it a hilichurl? Not while I’m in a towel geeeeez.’

 

  Thankfully it wasn’t a hilichurl or the wandering (lying) Favonius Knight, but our Golden Traveller. I sighed in relief, “Thank the Archons it’s just you, Aether.” 

 

  The blonde had been walking backwards since he had come into view, what a respectful lad. “Morning, sorry to interrupt. Just wanted to let you know Paimon and I are heading off -we’ll bring back the great treasure! Will, um, will you be alright?” 

 

   ‘Right, the Kaeya’s sword...gosh, poor Aether and Paimon.’

 

  “Yeah, I’ll be alright, try not to get hurt!” (emotionally) 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  When I came back to camp, I found Mondstadt Hashbrowns Aether had left for me to eat later. Get you a person who can do it all. Relaxing before continuing my training seemed like a good idea. Totally not because I still can't feel my legs. I dug my hand into our inventory and pulled out the storybook Amber had accidentally given the Traveller. We don't have many books, I should be on the lookout for them. Especially Heart of Clear Spring, my favourite Mondstadt series. 

 

  The wording and story put me in a good mood, although the story is heartbreaking. Does that say something about me? I don’t know. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘Up! One, two. Down! One two. Up!’

  

  I had nearly forgotten to do my exercises, yikes. On the first day, too.

 

   Our campsite was underneath a great tree. It was not too tall that I struggled to climb it nor too thin that the branches would break when I jumped up to hang off of them. 

 

  Squats, air-punches, swinging sticks around -as much as it hurts, it will hopefully be worth it later. Speaking of swinging the stick around, I hadn't really thought about what fighting style I should have. Most of the fighting styles I can remember are sword and catalyst users. 

 

   'Xingqiu, Albedo, and Ningguang's gracefulness… I could never,’ I laughed as I thought about some of the character playstyles I remember. 

 

  "At least someone is having a good time." 

 

  A voice popped up from behind. Aether and Paimon had returned and they did not look all too happy. I wonder why. (Sarcasm)

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  "Oh wow…"

 

  That was all I could say. I was trying oh so hard to not laugh even though every Genshin Impact player had fallen for the captain's game. Paimon was eating to release her anger, very relatable. 

 

  By the time Aether and Paimon had finished telling me all about their (story) quest of how Kaeya had them running around looking for false treasure, the sun had set and the stars were once again above Teyvat. We were settling into our sleeping bags when Aether quietly spoke out to me, as Paimon was already asleep (wearing the shirt I got them, adorable.) 

 

  He asked, “I would like to walk around Starsnatch Cliff tomorrow, care to join us after your new routine?” 

 

  “I’d love to, it will be fun. A relaxing stroll,” I agreed to his proposal, thinking back to how we haven’t really explored that area. 

  

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  After my new morning routine -knowing not to go too far, now- our travelling trio was making its way towards Starsnatch Cliff. It seemed like a calm walk with my best buds, humming along to the music only I could hear (The two thought I had an earworm when they failed to hear anything, tis sad, really). Paimon ate Mushroom Skewers as we walked and enjoyed the views. 

 

  The occasional hilichurls could not stop us, nor could my lungs gasping for air as we trek up the steep cliff. Nothing could beat this view of Mondstadt, the cecilia flowers around just made it better. 

 

  I thought we would just sit in the grass and enjoy the view, but Aether seemed to have something else in mind. Before I could sit down, he slung his arm over my back. Even leaned in to have his head against my own as we looked down at the beach, 

 

   ‘Oh gosh, ’ my brain began running, ‘is it happening? It’s only been about a week! Well, three months-ish. Is that enough? He's not usually one for all this. What about Lumine, are my lips chapped? no wait FOCUS’ 

 

  “That’s where we met, remember?” 

 

  Quickly coming back to my senses, I replied, “Of course I remember, it was only three months ago.” 

 

  He laughed before clearing his throat. I gave him a confused look, but he simply smiled back ...before slapping my back. ‘What the-’ 

 

  “How about we go down and reminisce?” He had latched a device on my back and proceeded to do the same to himself. Paimon laughed her evil little laugh, they were probably in on what Aether had planned, “Ooh, yes! How about it, (Name)?”  

 

  “...what-”, I cried, trying to reach the device behind me, “A glider? I don’t know how to glide! And gliding down the tallest cliff in Mondstadt for my first time? Are you crazy?!” 

 

  “Trust me,” the Traveller confidently stated, “I am a professionally licensed glider, after all.”

   ‘Professionally licensed my aSS...which isn't!’ 

 

  As I was mentally freaking out, he tried to reassure me by rubbing my back, “You’ll be fine, (Name). If you fall into the water, you can just swim. And if you fall over land, I’ll just catch you.” 

 

  “How will you catch me if you’re gl- AE, AETHER!” 

 

  Before I could finish my initial thought, the blonde had jumped off the cliff and was gliding down with Paimon following, laughing. ‘I’m going to kill them, sorry Lumine, don’t come after me.’ 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  It had only been a few minutes, but it felt like I had been pacing around for hours. Down below, I could see Aether waving his arms up at me. Gliding is so much fun in-game, but this is different gosh darn it! Everyone has a natural fear of heights and jumping off a cliff wasn’t first nature -in my world, at least. The wind never stopped blowing, as was the culture of Mondstadt, shoutout Barbatos, but that just meant that even when standing far from the cliff's edge, one breeze could almost knock you over or at least rattle you around. My knees had never felt weaker, not even in front of the most attractive of personalities I had met in the flesh so far.

 

  I kept peeking over the edge to see what the two backstabbers were up to, they seemed to just be lounging around. ‘Gosh, he’s gonna get it.’  

 

  I have to do it, though. I can’t go travelling through Teyvat without gliding, it’s a necessity! Plus, it’s super cool! ‘Yeah, yeah, let’s do this. I can do it!’ Hyping myself up, I stepped back from the cliff. A running start? A running start. 

 

  ‘Gosh, am I really going to do this? Yes! Yes, I am! Run, jump, extend your arms. Courage! Courage!’  

 

  Although my thoughts were confident, my shaking legs said otherwise. The adrenaline was building up inside of me as I took one last look at the view from the cliff. It was breathtaking. 

 

  “Alright. Alright. May the Anemo Archon not let me die at this very moment,” I prayed to the bard who was probably sneaking around the streets of Mondstadt. Taking a few more steps away from the cliff, I turned for a second, turned back and took off running. 

 

  ‘ Cannonball!! ’ 

 

  I would say...but I was mostly just screaming. Free falling for a couple of seconds, I could see the ground getting closer and hear Aether shouting from afar. Carefully extending my arms out and the wind pushed back the glider, rather violently, so I could glide down. The glider was a blue gradient and looked very elegant, ‘is this the free glider from in-game mail?’

 

  Guiding myself towards the beach, Aether and Paimon were cheering me on as I got closer. Their cheering would be short-lived, I marked my words. 

 

  I held my hands together to fall onto the sand on all fours, my hands clutched onto sand like a rock before calming myself down with a few deep breathes now that I was back on the ground… before I began charging towards the blonde. The Traveller’s expression changed and he tried to run away, but I know how to tackle someone who has wronged me (peace is never always the answer). 

 

  “Now you listen to me, blondie!” 

 

  I pulled on his cheek with one hand while lightly smacking him with the other, “what you did was an act of betrayal, it was awful, treacherous, not comical at all! I shan’t forget! How could you just let me fall, almost literally, for peer pressure?” 

 

  Aether was whining, but I kept going. Paimon was laughing hysterically, so I turned to her and grabbed them out of the air, “Et tu, Paimon? How could you! I thought… I THOUGHT WE WERE FRIENDS!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  I kept shaking them around, pulling their cheeks to make them suffer. Eventually, I was merciful and let them go -especially since Aether said he would make Flaming Red Bolognese. We laid on the beach for a while, reminiscing on our time here. ‘I can’t believe it has been months since I woke up.’

 

"How long do you think we'll stick around here?" I asked after our meal, "Not that I mind, it's been nice so far."

 

  My blonde companion agreed with a nod, "Yeah...I am not sure how long helping out with this whole situation will take, but it's better to try to get allies, more people to help me look for Lumine."

 

  "You...You'll see her again, I'm sure of it," my tone tried to be sincere, despite the stab of guilt I felt over withholding the truth of events that would occur in the near future. 

 

  But Aether took no notice of it and smiled to himself before gazing up at me, "And you'll return home. We'll continue to stick together until then, outsider with outsider."

 

  We used the teleport waypoint to get back to Windrise, making sure not to puke my guts out unlike the first time we used the waypoints some days ago...the feeling of having my eyes open as everything turned white and my body felt like it shook without moving it something I will simply have to get used to (though I'll try to keep my eyes closed). Spending time with these two knuckleheads was enough to make me forget all my worries. It’s nice. 

Notes:

Hey hey! Thank you so much for reading!! And thank you all for your support! Writing this is really just me spilling my feelings about this game and what vague notes I have from after I think of the story lol. Anyways, Thoma Nation we finally rose up!!! So hype!

Chapter 4: Fragile Fantasy

Summary:

You and your sidekicks go walk around Dragonspine! So cool, cold, and nothing much happens except that one thing that is confusing, but hey! You didn't die from sheer cold at least

Part 3.5 (Short)

 

No official word was heard from the Knights regarding wanting Aether's help in dealing with the nation's dragon problem and we wouldn’t go bother them instantly, so exploring is all we did. At the moment, wearing as many layers as we could, the Travelling Trio was trekking through the icy mountain… Dragonspine! It had long been looming in the background, so after asking around for directions of routes to take, we ventured forth one sunny morning. 

 

  “Ah, this sheer cold sucks!” 

 

  Paimon rubbed her hands together, protected by baby socks on each hand (there were no gloves or mittens for their small, small hands). I had never walked through snow this thick before and got stuck after a few minutes of walking, so Aether held onto my hand along the way ( ‘Gosh this man...As if I wasn’t already head-over-heels in love with him’ ), though it was mainly to pull my arms whenever I began to sink into the snow. The Snow-Covered Path was not that bad, we avoided bosses where we could -today was just a day for taking a look around. 

 

  I couldn’t help but hum the music I heard in my head. The blonde seemed to like the particular tune I was humming and asked if I could teach it to him later since he could, apparently, not hear it.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Ah, the bridge is broken.” Aether noticed after activating the nearby waypoint. My expertise finally came in handy! We made sure to have our gliders on through the trip and I led the way from one side of the bridge to the other. A running start, jumping as high as a could and extending my arms out to let the glider carry me just over the cliff and onto the second half of the bridge. The wood creaked after I landed, making me rush out of the way from worry and face-first into the snow. Paimon’s laughs grew as the two flew over. 

 

   ‘Huehuehue, there it is!’

 

  A cave with a fire going inside caught our attention. I didn’t even try to hide the goofy smile on my face. After warming up by the fire, we snooped around the mysterious scene we had come to find. The crafting table is what caught my attention and I decided to mess around with its crafting options. 

 

  The crafting table in Mondstadt was not a fan favourite, Timeaus was always around. It didn’t give me a chance to sneak up and craft. It was surprisingly very simple, combining the materials needed over the table and producing something new. ‘ I’m about to become the new Chief Alchemist of the Knights of Favonius’. Curiosity led me to produce some Gushing Essential Oil. It really did have a fragrant smell and it tasted pretty good.

 

“(Name)! What are you drinking?” Aether came and snatched the now empty vile out of my hands, “What is this?” 

 

  “Calm down, it’s just-” A new sensation made me pause my words, concerning the blonde furthermore. Paimon joined in on lecturing me, “What’s wrong? What did you do, (Name)?” 

 

  “I feel…” I looked down at my hands,” I feel...really light... if that makes sense. Like a summer breeze.” 

 

  Aether and Paimon did not make sense of what I was saying. Probably thought whatever I drank had gone straight to my brain. Trying to explain via motions, swiftly extending my arm produced a gust of wind. . . wind? A GUST OF WIND? 

 

  “Wow, how did you do that?! When did you get a Vision?”

 

  “I haven't got one- I.. I don’t know! I just drank this potion I made!” 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Recreating my actions, the effect of the potion only seemed to last for a couple of minutes. Aether’s anemo elemental abilities strengthened with the help of the potion as well. Although playing around with elemental potions would be fun, I don’t think another certain blonde wouldn't like it if I burnt or soaked up everything he kept here.’ 

 

  And so I simply focused on producing a few resistance potions to aid us later (a surprise tool that will help us later). We ransacked the campsite of its potatoes and cabbages and continued on our way around the mountain. The sheer cold was harsh, but being able to walk around with my friends made it bearable. Playing in the snow was just fun in general, as well. Leaving my mark with snow-Paimons whenever we stopped at a heat source. The Trio ™ was only able to reach the Entombed City Outskirts before the sun began to set over Teyvat. 

 

  The waypoint nearby helped us get back to Mondstadt without having to walk through the Land of Contracts prematurely or back through the mountain with the fear of running into something we couldn’t handle. The relief was instant as the temperate Mondstadt climate made our many layers feel heavy. ‘A warm bath sounds really nice around now…’

Notes:

surprise! thursday update!

this was originally 'Serene and Sweet Adieu' and the last bit of the Mondstadt adventures (for now) but I have something else planned now huehue

will upload a full story chapter either tomorrow night or Saturday so it's not just this bit lol. also sorry the potion bit was confusing, I cant really explain how it happened

Thank you for reading!!!

Chapter 5: Wanted Criminal Check

Summary:

meet someone new! who could it beeee. well I guess you meet two new people and run from the police. but like, who hasn't been in that situation before? lots of laughing, thoughts must not be thought. the story is on a roll!

it also seems like you could really use a wish right now ...

Part 4 

 

More days passed and I finally brought up the idea of going to check with the Knights after the whole fake sword quest Kaeya had sent my companions on. Aether, Paimon, and I were walking through Mondstadt when we stopped by the Grand Goth Hotel, where Jean could be seen talking with a Fatui diplomat. We let them finish talking before walking up to the Acting Grand Master.

 

  “Ah, you’re back,” Jean noticed us once the Snezhnayan had left, “Thank you for your help, the elemental flow is now stable.” 

 

  The woman caught Aether and Paimon up on Teyvat politics and how the Fatui were trying to get involved in the Stormterror/Dvalin situation. Only the first nation on our journey and we're already dealing with the Fatui...oh, if only I could speak the future. 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Let me take a look…” 

 

  Lisa the Librarian was analyzing the red crystal tear we had picked up from Dvalin the first time we ran into him (and Venti).  We were now in Jean’s office at the Knight’s Headquarters. Aether, Jean, Lisa, and Paimon were discussing the Dvalin situation some more. I, on the other hand, was lounging around, picking out books from Jean’s shelf -much to Paimon’s dismal glances. Aether was told to keep the tear since the others did not quite know what to do with it. The Acting Grand Master then, for his heroics during Stormterror's attack on the city, deemed Aether an Honorary Knight of Favonius. There was little fanfare or any at all, given the overall circumstances, especially as we left the building a few moments afterwards.

 

  Paimon pulled on Aether’s ear the moment she could, “There’s something you didn’t tell them. You know, about the other thing we saw.” 

 

  “I don’t think he’s a bad guy, it's not like we got to speak to him or anything,” the blonde massaged his ear once the fairy let go to look over the stone railing.

 

  She said, “So you do remember that green guy...He looked just like that guy down there…” Aether and I walked up to the stone and looked over, where the man himself was running past the fountain. 

 

  “Hmm, even the same green outfit, what a coincidence.”

 

  “...Aether… that’s literally him.”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  We raced through the streets of Mondstadt, trying to find where the guy in green had gone. The Traveller used his elemental vision to track the mysterious man’s footsteps. Something I had learned about Aether is that he’s not that very good when it comes to hints, directions or finding things on his own. 

 

   ‘Finding things… OH MY-’

 

  “PFFt-” I held my hands over my mouth to keep the laughter from coming out. My two companions turned to me, startled by my sudden reaction, “Are you alright? Do you need to throw up or something?”

 

  I dismissed their worries, “Sorry, sorry. I’m alright. What if we...uh. Check over there!” I pointed towards the stairs leading to the cathedral, which seemed to provide something. We ran up the stairs and made our way around the Statue of Barbatos, where the guy in green stood in front of a crowd. 

 

  The green fellow was playing his lyre and began to tell a story to the crowd. It was spectacular! To hear it in person, no visuals, just the words coming out of his mouth. Who wouldn’t be amazed by such a way of telling a story?

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Wait, you guys are…” When the crowd dispersed, the bard noticed our presence, “Oh, right! You three are the ones who scared Dvalin away.”

 

   I couldn’t help but be surprised, “three of us?!” 

 

  The bard turned his head towards me, “Yes, you were there, weren’t you?” 

 

  ‘ Thank you Barbatos, thank you.’ I laughed to myself, which seemed to confuse the lad in green. Aether put his hand over my mouth and apologized, “Sorry, she does that sometimes...um.” 

 

  “Venti the Bard,” the lad introduced himself, “Three-time winner of the ‘Most Popular Bard of Mondstadt,’ to be precise.” He eyed us up, down, and all-around before speaking again, “So, what do you need from me, fair Traveller and Mystery Giggles?”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

“I really must thank you for purifying the teardrop crystal, it has helped me greatly.” 

 

  We had talked about Dvalin with the bard and purified a tear he had also stumbled upon. And now it was time for us to chase the bard around some more until we got answers. This ‘Symbol of Mondstadt’s Hero’ was a no-brainer and we simply teleported there -also worked as a refresher by the Statue’s power. 

 

  Not much information could be exchanged before a boss interrupted us, an annoying eye of the storm. It took a while since it was only Aether and me, both using mere dull blades. ‘Eyes of the Storm is the reason I haven’t brought up exploring around Dawn Winery yet…’

 

   After the battle, we were finally able to talk in peace. The look Venti had on his face when talking about Dvalin was just enough to make one's heart ache. He mentioned getting poisoned, but felt much better when he came to Windrise, which got Paimon to ask, “So...how exactly did you get poisoned?” 

 

  “Ah,” the bard scratched the back of his neck, “that would be because I tried to communicate with Dvalin earlier, but..was...interrupted…” 

 

   ‘Ehe, oof.’

 

   Aether and I found the grass really interesting as Venti’s eyes drained into our skulls, but he continued, “So to make up for it, you are coming with me to the cathedral!”

 

‘...fu-’

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  

  “Will this Holy Lyre der Himmel really stop Stormterror from causing more damage?”  

 

  We were standing outside the cathedral, Otto standing guard ever so vigilantly. Venti tried to reassure Paimon of his trustworthiness, which I quietly laughed about. The bard heard my laugh and turned to me, “You laugh, Mystery Giggles? Look me in the eyes, do you not find me worthy of your trust?”

 

   ‘Oh, I remember this one!’

 

  I stared into his aqua green eyes and blurted out, “The colour of your eyes…is like the sky in my hometown.” 

 

  Venti laughed, “Hahaha, that one doesn’t work on bards!”

 

  Aether was holding back the urge to smack me across the head, then he asked, “So, how can we get the Holy Lyre?” 

 

  The bard walked up the stairs and held the door rails, “It’s said that it’s enshrined deep within the cathedral. I’ll go take a look around, you can come along if you want.” 

 

  Us, being the dutiful little clowns we are, followed him into the cathedral. It was a beautiful place, a great place to worship one's god. Venti the Bard confidently made his way down the aisle and reassured us of his plan, “ Hello there, Sister.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

‘Gosh, that was hard to watch.’  

 

  Venti had been flat out rejected by the nun, even after claiming (revealing?) that he was the Anemo Archon, Barbatos himself. What was even harder to watch was Aether and Paimon trying to use their reputation with the Knights of Favonius to their advantage. 

 

  “So what you’re trying to say is, that we’re not good enough?” I questioned when the group was together again. Venti shook his head, dismissing my question. We stood in silence, thinking about what to do next, although I -unfortunately- knew what was about to happen. 

 

  “Very well. Looks like borrowing it is not going to be possible. We’re simply going to have to steal it.” 

 

  “Today we stand for free will!” The bard cheered, “Any suggestions on how we steal it?” He looked between our group. From my peripheral, I could see Aether’s deadpan look and Paimon’s gaping mouth. 

 

  Much to the blonde’s protesting, Venti just laughed, “Hahaha, look at you, sidetracked from the start. But seriously, you’re more suitable for the job than I.” 

 

   ‘I could,’ the words came out of my mouth without pausing to think, “do it.” My complete thought hadn’t come out and it ended up sounding like encouragement for Aether. ‘What was I thinking? Of course, I could easily steal it, but wouldn’t the story get stuck when the guard shows up, sees no lyre and no suspect? Would it cause the game to soft lock and glitch out?’

  

 “See, (Name) agrees! A superstar of the Knights of Favonius could save himself from a grave injustice. What do you say?”

 

  The Honorary Knight stood quiet before speaking up, “Did you say...you are Barbatos?” 

 

  “Ah, yes. Seems I did mention that,” Venti casually replied, “Your point being?”

 

  Aether turned towards the cathedral exit, “Then we can’t simply abandon you. And even if you aren’t. I’ll help Dvalin anyway.” His earnest expression said it all, “...I don’t want to see another separation.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    Nightfall came and with it, our grand heist. Well, Aether and Paimon’s grand heist. I waited outside with Venti, who played a tune on his own lyre to pass the time. I tapped my fingers to the tune on the balcony rails, trying to hide how nervous I was. Although I knew everything would turn out alright, I couldn’t help it. Venti’s voice shook me out of my thoughts, “You really worry for them, huh?” 

 

  Leaning against the stone, I turned to face him, “Of course I do, these are the bums I call friends.” He laughed and continued his tune before piping back up, “So tell me-” Venti paused. 

 

  I curiously looked at him, ‘what does he want to ask?’  

‘

  “Um- Would you consider me one of your bum friends, Mystery Giggles?” He flashed a smile that I couldn’t help but return. Propping my head on my hands, I tried to give a casual reply, “I’ll consider if you’re bum material.” 

 

   ‘Of course he’s bum material, he’s my favourite archon!’

 

  The cathedral doors flung open and interrupted our conversation, Paimon desperately shouting, “We’re busted! Run!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Wind currents helped us glide away from the cathedral to the other side of the city. Once touching the ground, we followed Venti into an unknown building. In the rush of the moment, I hadn’t taken notice of the man to who Venti was speaking to before we quickly followed the bard upstairs to rest for a bit. 

 

  From above, I watched two knights walk inside and ask Diluc about two thieves. Ah, Diluc! I’ll save the freaking out for later, we’re kind of hiding from the authorities at the moment. Aether rubbed his face, calming down from the rush we had just gone through and glanced around at his companions, making sure we were also alright. The redhead saw the knights out the door and Venti made a rush for the bar. 

 

  The wine tycoon came back in time to stop the bard and then stood before us, wanting answers as to why ‘we stole’ the Holy Lyre der Himmel. In the middle of the two discussing prices, I took a seat on one of the stools. Diluc abruptly turned to face my direction.  His eyes scanned around, the other three stood (Well, Paimon floats) in silence -we concluded that he could not see me. 

 

  “Hmm, perhaps the winds are changing.” Venti had wrapped the story up til now and Diluc had questioned as to why he had been trusted with such information. “What do you say, Master Diluc?”

 

  Diluc stood in thought, “Interesting. Give me some time, I’ll organize some contacts. Let’s meet once the tavern closes.” 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Ta-da! Jean was one of Diluc’s contacts the next night when we all met back at Angel's Share. She was really surprised to see that Aether, her appointed Honorary Knight, was the suspected thief of a holy cultural item! 

 

  As the gang talked, I walked around the tavern, exploring its nooks and crannies. Diluc would glance around every so often, almost as if he could sense me sneaking behind the counter. Tried to sneak my way to the third floor, but Paimon came to drag me away once a plan had been set to retrieve the Holy Lyre from the Fatui that had really stolen it. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  I followed Diluc alongside Aether and Paimon up until the end of the bridge leading into the city. Aether noticed me stopping and turned to ask if I was not tagging along for some kicking of Fatui butt. 

 

  “I think I’ll sit this one out, Venti shouldn’t be left in that bar without supervision.” 

 

  Taking the mask he had given me (“Just in case,” as he put it, what a sweetie), I placed it over his face and sent the blonde on his way.

 

  Watching until they disappeared behind the trees, I then pranced around the bridge for a bit. I don’t know how or why it happened, but something fell out of my pocket. I knelt to pick up and inspect it. It was an enamel charm of sorts and...it looked...like Paimon! 

 

  I tried to dust it off which seemed to activate something. A screen appeared and it was...the game menu! ‘What is happening…’ It had every section one would have at Adventure Rank 15. The option that piqued my interest the most was the Wish function. 

 

  I hovered my hand over the function, which is when I felt the setting around me change. Suddenly, I was standing on a floating platform, a cloudy night sky above me. On one hand, I was holding an Acquainted Fate, the physical thing, and it flashed a number ‘10’ over it. On the floor, as part of the platform, was a screen that showed...the wishing banners. 

 

‘Ok, what is actually going on right now.’  

 

  It was just like the in-game wish screen, which let me know how many primogems and fates we had. When it came to gacha, back in my world, I was but a goldfish, never daring to go up against the spending amounts of whales. But it doesn’t matter who you are, if you have ten fates -of course, you MUST do a ten-pull. I knelt over the screen and put my hand over the reduced eight-pull button of the Beginner’s Banner. 

 

  The number on the fate I held was reduced to ‘2’and the sky above me shined bright. It was the wish animation of the shooting stars, except it ...was...coming RIGHT AT ME. Instinctively, I covered my head with my arms and jumped to the ground. I heard many items drop onto the other end of the platform where I was. Rising to my feet, I couldn’t stop my jaw from dropping. 

 

  Besides weapons laying on the ground, Bennett and Noelle had appeared, and they were smiling at me! 

 

  “Let’s go find some treasure!” 

 

   “Leave it to me!” 

 

     ‘Oh geez.’

Notes:

in this household we love and appreciate venti the bard.

here's the full chapter! posted right now so I don't forget tomorrow haha, so much homework :"")
story really feels like it's rushing but weee wooo eee, this ain't about them, tis about you bestie <3 (imsosorry)

thank you all for the kudos and hits! don't forget to leave a comment and thanks for reading!!

Chapter 6: Dvalin, this isn’t you, please!

Summary:

wham dang bam, so much has to be done! after a field day with the gang and lots ... and lots... and lots of waiting, your adventures in mondstadt are nearly over! (for now of course) jean and diluc get a lovely surprise, paimon gets food, and you start to feel built up guilt! how fun!! ok google, play 'Good Time' by Owl City and CRJ

 

i cant think of a good summary dhvbhsd

Part 5

 

A glass of grape juice sat untouched in front of me. I had made my way back to the tavern to find Venti enjoying a bottle of wine now that Diluc was away. While he was off in his own world, I was lost in my thoughts. 

 

  The whole wish situation had left me confused. Very confused. I found my way out of the Wishing place and tried to do a deep dive into our menu. All the achievements we had accomplished, our inventory, and setting up our party! ‘ We could've been fighting with the help of others this entire time?! ’ 

 

  No feedback, community, or friends functions- we’re not in Kansas anymore. Our (or should I say ‘my’?) party had previously consisted of only Aether -which is all you need in life, really.  But for the fun of it, I added Bennett, Lisa, and Noelle. Making progress, whoop whoop!

 

  There is still so much to learn, hope I can figure this out as we go. (or maybe not.)

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Welcome back!” 

 

  Aether, Diluc, and Paimon were back with the Holy Lyre der Himmel! Jean had also come back just in time to watch the Honorary Knight repair the lyre with Dvalin’s purified tears and to help us search for more tears to restore the lyre to its original power. 

 

  We left the tavern and headed off towards the Thousand Winds Temple to continue our plan to save Dvalin. I wanted to figure out how the party system worked in combat. The characters I added did not appear alongside me after I added them, maybe they could only appear during a battle? I truly had no idea what any of this meant, my role in this world; maybe this was all a dream?

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Why are you LAUGHING?!”

 

  “SORRY! This is exciting!” 

 

  “WHAT DO YOU MEAN?!” 

 

  Aether was screaming his lungs off as the ruin guard began to spin and I simply laughed. The adrenaline was running through my blood -the initial plan: Aether was to serve as a distraction while I was the one hitting the guard, but the ancient machine acknowledged my existence and began to chase me instead. Feels nice to be noticed, even if its as a target for destruction. 

 

  The party members? Oh, um… don’t worry about that -I’ll figure it out later. 

 

  Master Diluc and Acting Grand Master Jean had gone off to deal with the temple domain, dividing and conquering instead of leaving it all to the Traveller. I like it. We (I say ‘we’ as if I had any say in the matter, haha) had agreed to meet up at the Eclipse Tribe’s place in Dadaupa Gorge to collect the final tear crystal together. 

 

  “HyAA!” Aether jumped and jabbed his sword into the ruin guard’s weak stop after I had taunted it into a corner.  We proceeded to hit it with all we had before it could regain power. And after retrieving a Teardrop Crystal, the trio set off to Galesong Hill to find the final tear. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “If I were to choose between ‘eating a Cryo Slime alive’ or ‘joining the Fatui’” the Wine Tycoon let us know about his hatred towards the Fatui as we met up at Galesong Hill, “...I’d prefer to be crushed to death by a meteorite.”

 

  Paimon rolled her eyes, “Geez, so dramatic.” 

 

  Up ahead, a chest containing the final Teardrop Crystal was surrounded by a hydro samachurl, cryo abyss mage, and mitachurl with a wooden shield. ‘An abyss mage…’ I had not encountered an abyss mage before...would it notice me like the ruin guard did? 

 

  Attack! The fight for the chest began. Pyro swirl reactions left and right, mostly aimed at the abyss mage. I had accidentally run through the rain the samachurl had caused, but I didn't think much of it as I tried to help. Turns out, maybe I SHOULD have had at least tried to avoid the cryo abyss mage since it aimed its staff and froze me when running from the mitachurl before Jean finished it off. 

 

‘Well...this is interesting. I’m so cold’

  

“(Name)!” I could hear Paimon cry and float towards me. Jean’s gaze was also on my frozen state, startled when I began to try to shake off the ice. My blonde friend rushed over and used his palm vortex to clear the ice and release me from my icy prison (who’s the dramatic one now?). 

 

  Paimon glued themselves onto my arm, as to warm me up while Aether made sure I was alright. Aether was facing me, so he could not see the completely baffled expressions Jean and Diluc held. 

 

  “Honorary Knight,” the Acting Grand-Master was the first to ask, “What, or who, is this?’ 

 

  Aether turned to face the two respected figures of Mondstadt, racking his brain for what to tell me regarding my situation. I tugged on his arm, which caused a reaction from the two onlookers, “Just tell them we’ll explain it later.” 

 

  “Oh, right. We’ll explain it later.”

 

  The two agreed, but the redhead decided to ask, “Have...they, been with you the entire time?” I remembered his behaviour back at the tavern, he could sense something, or someone, was present that was not visible. 

 

  After receiving a nod for a response, Diluc sighed and turned to leave, “ Let’s get going.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The whole gang stood outside of Dawn Winery, “Dvalin Protection Squad, assemble!” Paimon cheered. 

 

  Everyone put the Teardrop Crystals and let the Traveller purify them with whatever secret power he holds. With the Lyre’s Anemo power having been fully restored, we set a plan to summon Dvalin. 

  “The wind that blows at sea or in high places should be able to carry a bard’s words far afar,” Venti -who already knew the perfect place- tried to get us to use our brains, “It’s never going to work if the air is too dry or suffocating.” 

 

 I glanced at Aether, who was really racking his brain for a good location. ‘I’m petty, let’s do this.’

 

  “A place where one could let a friend fall to their death with nothing but a glider on seems like a good place, no?” 

 

  Paimon scratched her head, as did the blonde -confused as to what I was referring to. I pulled on their cheeks, causing a reaction from the two who couldn’t see me, and exclaimed, “Starsnatch Cliff, you buttmunchkins!” 

 

  “Ah, Starsnatch Cliff! Starsnatch Cliff! The two cried out the name of the perfect location to summon the grand dragon. The bard in green considered the location, “Hmm...Alright, let’s do it there.” 

 

  Diluc and Jean were in agreement, the latter dismissed our meeting, “Very well, let’s meet at Starsnatch Cliff in three days time. Don’t be late.” 

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  As we walked past Springvale, a wave of fatigue hit and made me realize how we had not rested for a while. Paimon seemed to be hit with the same realization, “Phew, Paimon is so tired and hungry -feels like we’ve been running all over Mondstadt for the past two days.” 

 

   ‘Well, you go into your pockets of space most of the time when we fight,’ I would have said out loud, but a yawn escaped me instead. Our blonde bud agreed with the fairy, “Hm. I’ll go pick up some food from Good Hunter, you two go on without me.” 

 

  Before I could protest by saying we had food back at the camp (“we have food at home” vibes), he ran off towards the gates of Mondstadt. I sighed, “Gosh, that man…” 

 

  Paimon laid on my head as I kept walking towards our campsite, anxious to rest. 

 

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiideeee~°¤•

 

   Thud. A sack full of precious ores and minerals was placed onto the wooden table where Wagner worked. Stopping to inspect the materials, the Mondstadt blacksmith gave his client a thumbs up, “This should be enough to finish, I’ll have it ready in about a week. The other thing, too.”

 

  “You’re here for the silver piece, right? '' Shiliu's eyes lit up when the man came up to her, “It’s made from the sturdiest silver in Li Yue, simply the best! That will be...4700 mora, a very generous price compared to others.” An exchange was made, the jeweller from Li Yue over the moon that she had finally sold something. 

 

☆☆☆

 

  Paimon was munching on an apple to keep herself from possibly wrapping me up and cooking me whole. I, on the other hand, was practicing my choreography with a Beginner’s Protector polearm that looked as if it was seconds from crumbling into dust. 

 

  Polearm has turned out to be the option I like the most, it has a lighter feel than the sword I currently use until I can forge a better polearm. It’s the strangest thing, really,  our metals seem to disappear whenever I check on them. Even after just mining them, they’ll vanish into nothing! A familiar blonde walking uphill made all non-important thoughts banish, food was the main priority. 

 

  The Travelling Trio ™ sat in front of the campfire as we unwrapped the freshly made Cold Cut Platter. I gasped, mouthwatering from all the delicious meat, “Wooow, this is very fancy looking.” 

 

  “Right?” Aether agreed, “I saw it on the menu and got curious, a reward for our hard work.”

 

  I laughed and reached into the tent, pulling out a bottle of something-something, “So true, comrade! I also happen to have something special, hehe.”

 

  “Haha-Wait. Where did you get that from,” the blonde’s mood flipped when I pulled out a bottle of Dandelion Wine ™. Pouring us a cup each, I looked past his distressed expression and said, “I may or may have not taken a bottle from Diluc’s tavern, nothing Lord Barbatos won’t forgive.” 

 

  He gave a disapproving sigh but couldn’t ignore the wine, not after he had been denied alcohol so many times before. Paimon was quiet, but that’s to be expected when she is stuffing their mouth with the various meats on the plate. It was funny, but we still handed her some water so they wouldn’t choke. 

 

  It was great. We were extremely tired, yet we just kept chatting all night. Eating with friends under the stars with a cup of the best wine in Teyvat and good food, what could be better?

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘Arghh, my cheek hurts... make it stooop…’

 

  The pressure felt against my cheek woke me up, blinking a couple of times to adjust to the daylight. Aether was holding onto my arm and held the half-empty wine bottle in the other hand. My head had been resting on his armour, which had caused the pain. Across from us, Paimon was knocked out, laying on top of the empty food tray. ‘What a sight of nature.’

 

  After looking between the two, I couldn’t help but smile.

 

  I unlatched the Traveller’s armour and moved it aside before settling back onto his shoulder. We have a bit more time to enjoy these moments. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Everyone is finally here.” 

 

  It was the day the Dvalin Protection Squad had scheduled to meet on Starsnatch Cliff to summon the great dragon. Holy Lyre der Himmel in hand, Venti stood on the cliff’s edge so the wind could carry his notes. The rest of us stood at a safe distance, watching the bard play a melody that would summon his friend. 

 

  The winds grew strong and Dvalin answered the call of the Holy Lyre. Conversation between the bard and dragon did not go long before it was interrupted by a cryo abyss mage that appeared on the dragon's back. We raced to put ourselves between the two as the cryo mage talked the talk, but the mage's actions seemed to anger the dragon. The fierce winds nearly knocked me off my feet as Dvalin and the abyss mage flew away, the dragon filled with rage and the green bard being left without a resolution. 

 

  Venti (or should I say Barbatos now that it was been officially revealed?) deemed the Holy Lyre beyond repair after being zapped out of his hands. Diluc let us know that he would find the whereabouts of the abyss mage so we could put an end to the Stormterror situation at its source. I had a feeling that would take a while, as things usually did.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Everyone but our trio had headed down the mountain. I couldn’t help but gaze across the land to where the Old-Mondstadt ruins stood. Aether and Paimon were having their own conversation behind me, something about wanting to talk to Lisa. 

 

  ‘ The story is in motion,’ Thoughts raced in my mind, ‘this is good, but I can’t help but feel bad. Guilty is the better word, mayhaps.’  

 

  “(Name), are you good to go?” 

 

  I turned back to my friends and gave them a nod. We walked down the mountain and reached the waypoint, then teleported to Windrise before heading off to the city.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Nearly a month had passed since Aether, Paimon, and I had arrived in Mondstadt. Who was keeping track? I was, of course. 

 

  We did not hear word from Master Diluc for a few days and in between that, we had had other adventures here and there. After a morning of sparring with Aether, we would trek the land of Mond from Stormbearer Point to the Outskirts of Dragonspine to the Brightcrown Mountains. We grew in resources and experience, and not to toot-my own horn, but I figured out how to fight with different characters!

 

  It was all thanks to the Temple of the Lion and its elemental trial runs. I decided to explore it on my own while Aether and Paimon were out and about with Xiangling, a chef from Li Yue. 

 

  The stone doors opened and I walked into the temple. After going down a hallway and walking up some stairs, the room where the trials took place was before me. A screen appeared in front of me with all the different trials I could try. ‘Swirl’ is my favourite reaction, so I went along with that option. 

 

  Kaeya, Sucrose, and Xiangling appeared out of thin air, smiled at me, and vanished. 

 

   ‘Just like Bennett and Noelle after that wish.’

 

  I stood there and called out their names and nothing happened, or so I thought. After calling out Xiangling’s name, I thought about how she summoned Gouba and mimicked her actions...which summoned a chili-eating, fire-spitting Guoba! 

 

   ‘Ah! What the heck!?’

 

  That’s when I decided to look down at my hands. My now gloved hands, Xiangling’s gloves to be exact. And not only was I wearing just her gloves, but her clothes. I reached up to touch my hair and felt the braided bun rings on my head. 

 

  ‘What kind of state-of-the art cosplay is this?!’

 

  I tried it with the other two and the same thing! Every little detail, down to the paws on Sucroses’ boots! 

 

   ‘This world has to be toying with me, who’s the plaything now, huh?’

 

  Calling out their names (what? Are they all Adeptus Xiao now?) and mimicking the actions I remember, that is how I was able to pass the trial and leave the domain. I don’t know if I could’ve just left, maybe I would’ve been stuck inside forever. 

 

  When I met back up with Aether and Paimon at our campsite, I tried to show them what I had learned, but they were left confused. According to the Traveller, I did not look any different to them, although I knew my appearance had changed. 

 

  I tried to show them by taking on a hilichurl camp behind the Symbol of Mondstadts hero, but to them, it just seemed like I took on all the mobs by myself! 

 

  “Wow, you really showed that hilichurl all the way up there, now just to get a polearm you can throw!” 

 

   ‘Gosh, is this taking credit from others? Sorry, Bennett. Life is not Bouken da Bouken.’

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Diluc finally sent word out to us a week later and the Dvalin Protection Squad met up at Dawn Winery once again. The music in my ears did not match the situation. 

 

  Information was exchanged and Venti, or the God of Wind, Barbatos, let us in on some background information regarding Dvalin and himself. Diluc had led the way towards the location of a nearby abyss mage to try to get some answers out of it. Energy was dispersed from the mages’ body after we quickly defeated it, “It seems that energy was being used to cut off the connection between me and Dvalin.” The bard let the group in on more intel and new hope to confront Dvalin once and for all. 

 

  “The epic actions of brave heroes finally leads to this eleventh hour!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  We were walking towards the storm barrier over the old Mondstadt ruins. Diluc, Jean, Paimon, and Venti (Well, mostly just Venti and Paimon) were making conversation up ahead when Aether pulled me off to the side. 

 

  I had been on autopilot mode, so his sudden action slightly spooked me. His expression told me he was trying to think of the right words to say, so I waited until he spoke, “Are you… will you be joining us through this part?”

 

   ‘How did this part go again… I don’t quite remember. Weekly Dvalin fights aren’t too difficult…’

 

  “I will,  don’t worry too much,” the tone in my voice was confident, “I have faith that everything will be just fine.”

 

  The Traveller’s amber eyes wavered for a moment as he stood in thought. Giant dragon, me who had just learned how to wield a sword, of course he’s concerned. But then he nodded, “Alright...let’s go.”

Notes:

hello hello! thank you for reading! hope you enjoyed it, getting to know a bit more about (Name) and her abilities (if you could even call them that haha) stay tuned in for the wrap up of the Mondstadt arc next week!! aaAaa, how have we come this far haha, I'm barely writing the beginning of Li Yue story oop

i cant get over how it looks like I've written so little but most chapters are 6-7 pages on google docs TOT maybe because of all the single lines lolol

Chapter 7: Tomorrow, again, the wind will blow

Summary:

the dragon, the bard, the traveller, the paimon, and you! (diluc and jean are there too ig)
this song has reached its final stanza! emotions here and there, oh how you will miss this land

 

did I mention I'm bad at summaries

Part 6

 

 

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiidee~°¤•

 

   ‘Of course I’ll admit that I’m worried about (Name). Who knows what we’ll be facing inside of the old ruins. She has been working hard the past few weeks, I’m impressed by her progress. It is a good idea to be able to at least take care of hilichurls on one's own, though I will try to be there if any trouble rises up.’ 

 

   The group kept walking towards the storm barrier. Diluc, Jean, and Aether took care of hilichurls along the way, Venti and (Name) chatting away about who knows what. The revealing of Venti’s true identity was surprising to Paimon and the blonde, but their friend did not seem fazed by it at all. Was she like Jean? Was it obvious and Paimon and Aether just oblivious? 

 

  ‘I do feel like (Name) holds the bard in high regards, even before his Archon status was revealed. She has this way of looking at him and listening to his every word… or does she watch everyone with eyes like those? (Name) is definitely a good listener, but she adopted the blessings of Mondstatd’s God as soon as we arrived. Maybe she truly believes in the principles of the Anemo Archon? The Church should hire her to speak the word of Barbatos across the land.’

 

  Diluc and Jean are less befuddled whenever Paimon, Venti, or Aether stop to talk to (Name) and they see nothing, the blonde kept a mental note to tell them about her after all of this is over. 

 

  As the five stood, and one floated, before Stormterrror’s Lair, (Name) attentively watched the bard play his lyre to bring down the wind barrier. There was nothing stopping them from waltzing in now, it was time to confront Dvalin. 

 

   ‘This is almost over...Lumine, I’ll find you soon.’

 

  ☆☆☆

 

  After what felt like HOURS of trekking through the Old Mondstadt, the group was able to use wind currents to get inside of the capital ruins. Carefully making our way to the top floor, I held my breath walking past the ‘weird statue’. 

 

   ‘Nothing but pain.’

 

  Our efforts of coming all the way up here were immediately thrown out the window when the gang had to go back out and perform light actuating ceremonies to break the seals within the lair. Three stone/pillars to light: Diluc and Jean took one, Aether another, and I reassured the blonde that I could activate one by myself. 

 

  Being quick on my feet, I was the first to glide out of the ruins (I have gotten more comfortable with gliding) and headed towards the pillar I KNEW wouldn’t attract bosses as soon as it lit up, apologies to my group members. 

 

  Venti could probably see me snooping around after completing my part of the task. I wanted to take advantage of the atmosphere before it cleared up, but I did make my way back to the tower before I ran into any ruin guards or abyss mages (I could probably take them on -but best not to find out mid-battle). 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Well then, you two, may the thousands of years of wind that have blown through Mondstadt go with you.” 

 

  “Right, you rea-” the blonde turned to me after the God of Wind’s encouragement, “w-wait are you about to cry?”

 

  Wiping away whatever tears were most likely rolling down my face, I dismissed his question, “No, No! I’m okay...let’s do this!”

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  And by ‘let’s’ I meant Aether, of course. With Venti’s help, the rest of us were able to trail along through the air and watch as the brave Traveller got rid of poisonous blood clots on the dragon’s back. 

 

  There was one clot left which led us to the scene I am most familiar with. Dropping down onto the platform, I braced for impact as Dvalin violently shook the winds when he showed up. 

 

  The battle was on!

 

  Venti was able to use his bow to attract Dvalin up to the platform -which we then took advantage of to hit his claws with everything we had. Going back and forth, once the dragon laid on the platform the third time, Aether was able to get rid of the final blood clot on his neck. 

 

  It all happened so quickly! 

 

  The whole place came tumbling down and we were falling towards the stormy vortex, even Paimon (Seriously, she floats, how can she fall?!). I don’t even remember if I was screaming my lungs off internally or externally because next thing I knew, we were flying through the air on Dvalin’s back. Driving a convertible in the countryside during the summer could never compare to this wind on my face. I held onto Paimon as we gazed out into the open sky, completely lost in its breathtaking trance. Land soon came into view and Dvalin dropped us off outside of Mondstadt. 

 

  Few words were exchanged before we all went in our separate directions. So much had happened, but I couldn’t help but feel as if I was forgetting something...

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The lyre! Is that what I was forgetting? Well, it was one of the things -we still have to give that back to the church. 

 

  It was the next day and Amber finally treated Aether and Paimon to food. I, of course, came along and tried to munch on food without freaking the Outrider out. ‘Oh, I also forgot to tell Jean and Diluc about my whole situation...geez, so many things to remember.’

 

  The atmosphere in Mondstadt felt five-hundred times better! The air felt...fresh! I couldn’t help but enjoy it as we made our way into the Cathedral, where the Acting Grand Master was waiting for us. 

 

  Aether held out the damaged Holy Lyre der Himmel -Deaconess Barbara nearly had a heart attack and I almost laughed my lungs off. Luckily, Venti was there to help calm her down by ‘fixing’ the lyre with a ‘trick’, though we knew it would only be temporary.

 

  Scurrying out of the Church before Barbara came back, the smile on my face soon turned upside down…

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Aether was fast on his feet and used his palm vortex to push away the Fatui Agents that had appeared out of nowhere. He chased after them and I stood next to Venti, dingy polearm in hand. An icy breeze came in, it sent Paimon flying and immobilized the bard. Panic and adrenaline were rushing through my brain, ‘What is going on!’

 

  As I was trying to free Venti, Aether was tackled by the Agents who had disappeared before and clanking heels came from the opposite side. 

 

  “At last, Mondstadt’s rodent ruler in the flesh.” Signora...it was Signora! 

 

  She seemed to ignore my poor efforts and strutted right up to Venti, “Scurrying through the streets, looking for leftovers.”

 

  When her hand reached out to his face, without thinking,  I smacked it away and put myself between the two, “Don’t you dare touch him!” 

 

  Her icy eyes glared down at me, I thought I was going to die. 

 

  But she simply smirked and laughed, “My, what do we have here. Is this the anomaly? Don’t make me laugh.” And smacked me off to the side in one firm swoosh. Hitting concrete walls is not exactly the best, as it was enough to knock the air out of me and make me fall to the ground. One of the Cicin Mages behind her came up and held me against the ground. 

 

  Wind came from around as Venti used his power to unfreeze his legs, “That smirk you wear looks out of place.”

 

  I reached out to pull on Signora’s outfit, which simply made her kick me away. I couldn’t do anything to stop her, the woman faced the god once again. I couldn’t do anything, I couldn’t do anything, no matter how much I struggled or cried. 

 

  “Did you steal it from your Masters’ face?”

 

   ‘Wait…anomaly?’ was my last thought before my mind went dark and another cold breeze rushed by. 

 

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiidee~°¤•

 

   “(Name)! Venti!” 

 

  The Traveller watched as his two friends fell unconscious, he did not have the power to escape the Fatui Agents’ hold. The mysterious woman who had shown up had obtained what she came for, the God of Wind’s Gnosis. 

 

  Receiving a swift hit to the back, Aether fell to the ground and watched the woman walk away. He tried to reach out, but could not.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Someone was shaking him, Aether regained consciousness. Deaconess Barbara was worriedly watching over him.

 

  “(Name)...where’s (Name)? Is Venti alright?!” Those were his first concerns as he slowly stood up. An unfrozen Paimon was by his side again, equally concerned about the other two. Barbara brought her hand up to her chin, “I don’t know who (Name) is, but as for the bard, he woke up first. My elemental healing powers seemed to have no effect. He simply said, ‘We’ll be by the Symbol of Mondstadt’s Hero’ and left.” 

 

  The two wasted no time and raced to the closest waypoint to teleport to windrise. 

 

☆☆☆

 

   ‘My...head hurts…’

 

  As my eyelids fluttered open, the light from the Statue of the Seven a few steps away from where I sat died down and Aether and Paimon came rushing past it. The windwheel asters turned with the wind and the smell of grass was nice.

 

  Venti stood off to the side, “The wind amongst the branches is good, I love the way it smells…” 

 

  I still felt a bit woozy, so I continued to sit against the great tree as the two spoke. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~ 

 

  “-or, better yet, treat me to a glass of dandelion wine.” 

 

  The next time I opened my eyes, the sun had set over Mondstadt once again. Carefully, I stood up and made my way towards Venti and Aether. Paimon was the first to notice me and dashed to embrace me, followed by the blonde. 

 

  “How are you feeling? Do you feel better?” 

 

  “A bit off, but alive, what about you?” 

 

  “I’m alright.” 

 

  “Seems like you woke up just in time, (Name). I wanted you to hear this as well.” The bard in green flashed me a smile that not even the most well crafted of fancams could compare to. His smile alone was enough to make my mind go blank and listen to his words.

 

  “Aether, as you set off on your journey once again, you must remember that the journey itself has meaning. The birds, the songs and cities, the Tsarista, her Fatui, and the monsters...they are all a part of your journey. The destination is not everything. So before you reach the end, keep your eyes open. Use the chance to take in the world around you…”

 

  The God’s eyes then turned towards me as the blonde stood in thought, “And (Name), I’m sure you know what I just spoke of. But do keep in mind that everything does have meaning, including you. You will face many things, don’t be afraid to express how you feel, but do not let these emotions consume you, either. Your soul is of a special kind, it adds to the beauty of this world. Whether high or low, the wind will be with you wherever you go.”

 

   ‘Ah...yeah, the tears were spilling out.’

 

  Receiving nods of understanding from his audience, the bard relaxed, “That’s that for the Anemo Archon’s admonishments, back to Venti time. Best be off to Li Yue and continue your journey. If the descension ritual you fail to tally, then another year you must dally!” 

 

  Aether and Paimon had begun to walk away, I stayed behind to give the bard one last hug, “Drinks on us the next time we meet, you bum.”

 

  He laughed, “That sounds great! A group of bums drinking...ah, I shall wait. Keep him company and figure yourself out, alright?”

 

  “I,” his last comment caught me off guard, “That’s...that’s the plan.”

 

  Paimon called out, “(Name)! Come on, let’s go!” I waved the bard goodbye and caught up to Aether and Paimon. 

 

  A light breeze rushed past the Windrise plains, the never-changing Teyvat stars and moon were right above our heads. Our heroics in the Land of Freedom and Wine were over (for now). It was the end of the beginning. We still had so much to do, people to meet, sights to see, and places to explore. 

 

  And I planned to be with Aether and Paimon through it all. 

 

Notes:

HELLO! THANK YOU FOR READING!! please comment your thoughts I'm dying to know jvdfjv
I might not upload the friday after next (8 oct) as a break between li yue and mondstadt

"but, does that mean next week's upload will be mondstadt related?" well well well, guess you'll have to wait no? :^^)

again, thank y'all so much for the support, especially the ones that leave comments, they're so fun to read ToT
HAVE A GREAT WEEKEND!

Chapter 8: der Kreideprinz, der Ritter, die Fee und ich

Summary:

you know what time it is

 

it's albedo time.

albedo time, come on grab your friends, you'll go follow this mysterious man with aether the traveller and paimon the paimon-

Part 7

 

The gang was walking around the city square, when something out of the ordinary seemed to catch Paimon’s attention. We followed behind her towards the city’s alchemy post, where the man who was always around, Timeaus, was not! Instead, someone else was watching the place on his behalf for once. 

 

  “Timeaus was called away by Albedo. I am Sucrose, Albedo’s assistant. If you have any alchemy related questions, I will try my best to answer them…” 

 

  I was glad to see Sucrose (not that she could see me, but you get the story at this point). The green haired alchemist was surprised when she realized who Aether was, saviour of Mondstadt and all that. Sucrose talked about alchemy in Mondstadt and how Albedo knew a great lot when it came down to the art. 

 

  Aether offered to help Albedo when Sucrose mentioned a problem he was dealing with, we said our goodbyes to the shy-alchemist and used the nearby waypoint to teleport to the campsite at the foot of the snowy mountain. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

 We walked around the camp so as to not bother the researchers then made our way along the path that headed towards Dragonspine before stopping when we saw two figures talking up ahead. We noticed that one was the pleasant Deaconess Barbara, but I couldn’t quite figure out who she was speaking to…

 

  Once Barbara left, the mysterious nun did not let us take in the situation before turning towards our group, who was, admittedly, eavesdropping. The woman introduced herself as Rosaria and let us follow her towards Albedo’s location; it seems she’s been tracking him for a while. 

 

  The walk up the mountain was awkward to say the least. Sheer cold was brutal! We did not have time to layer up before setting off. I wouldn’t worry about hypothermia with my usual outfit, but Aether was another story. Good luck, crop top king. 

 

The Sister walked many steps ahead of us. She did not make chatter after her comments about Paimon, nor did she question the reason as to why there were footsteps with no source (i.e. me) trailing next to the Traveller’s. I could tell her guard would not falter around us. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘There he is…’

 

  I didn’t care if I held a goofy expression, who wouldn’t marble at the sight of Albedo der Kreideprinz, Chief Alchemist of the Knights of Favonius and Captain of the Investigation Team, Klee’s older brother, A-

 

  “(Name)!” 

 

  Paimon’s voice broke my train of thought as the hilichurls the alchemist was sketching had taken notice of the newcomers. Soon after we had taken care of the hostile creatures, the man behind the canvas came up to us, and in a slightly annoyed voice asked, “Who are you? Why did you alarm them?”

 

  “Sorry, we didn’t mean to,” I apologized, not knowing he would acknowledge my words with a sigh and shake of his head, “It's no matter now, what’s done is done. Thank the gods I had already completed my sketch.” 

 

   ‘Thoughts must not be thought, thoughts must not be thought, thoughts must not-’ As the alchemist gave us his take on why sketching these particular hilichurls was so interesting, I tried to remain calm as to not make a fool of myself in front of Albedo der Kreideprinz, Chief Alchemist of the Knights of Favonius and Captain of the Inves-

 

  Sister Rosaria’s voice cut the full title short as she announced her leave although we had just arrived to meet with the man of her investigations. After she left, Paimon let Albedo in as to why we had come here in search of him. 

 

  “Then, if I’m not mistaken, you must be the Honorary Knight. I’ve heard a little bit of everything, your actions during Stormterror’s attack, your elemental control...and quite a few other mysterious things…”

 

  During that last bit, I swear I saw his eyes flicker my way before he looked away. ‘Sir, you’re making it really hard to remain CALM.’

 

  Albedo crossed his arms over his chest and spoke without hesitation, “ I’ll cut to the chase. You two came from afar -from another world, correct?” 

 

  Aether and I turned to each other before facing the blue eyed man, simultaneously responding with, “Correct.” 

 

  The alchemist spoke more of his wanting to understand life and how by researching and observing people from ‘outside of the known world’, we could really help him out. Whatever he was referring to made Paimon worry, they whispered, “Uh, Paimon thinks we should get out of here, this sounds too weird!” 

 

  The Honorary Knight ignored her cry, he seemed intrigued by the Kreideprinz's words and we ended up following Albedo to his lab up the mountain, no one ha ever said anything about NOT following a strange man in a white coat, right? 

  

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “You sure know how to keep Paimon on board,” Aether chuckled after Albedo had uncovered the fairy’s ulterior motives for food when she tried to get us to leave again, but decided to stay once something to eat had been offered. 

 

  The ash-blonde scratched the back of his neck, “Let’s just say… I occasionally look after a child. One of the few non-alchemy-related disciplines I am good at, I would say.” 

 

   ‘HECK. So cute!’ I had to cover the smile on my face, I’ve been trying so hard to stay calm! Albedo chimed up to ask if something was wrong, to which Aether responded, “Ah, it’s alright. She um...gets like this sometimes.” 

 

  “Ah, sorry, sorry!” Feeling beyond embarrassed, I apologized and made up the excuse of, “I’m just...cold.” 

 

  Albedo gave a small nod, “There are heat sources nearby, let’s huddle around there -I have a few questions to ask.” 

  

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Once the Travelling Trio ™ took in the warmth of a nearby seelie monument, the alchemist began throwing questions at us regarding visions, elemental powers, and Paimon. It seemed as if he had had all these questioned sorted out before meeting us, or maybe he's good at coming up with things on the spot, I wouldn't put it past a person like Albedo.

 

  “Observation is key,” he said, “I would like to see how you do against some slime, please fight in whichever way feels natural.” 

 

  Cryo slime are a bit tricky to fight, but nothing the awesome Bennett can’t handle. I’m still not used to fighting this way and much prefer doing it as my own person. Pure physical damage babyyyyy! Plus, to everyone else, it already looks like I am the one fighting, so why couldn't that be the truth? A way of training, after all, despite currently being observed as an other-worldly experiment.

 

  Albedo seemed pleased with the outcome and now wanted to test the ‘internal flow’ of Aether’s elemental manifesting or whatever, since only one third of our travelling group could actually resonate with the natural elements of Teyvat even without a vision. The Alchemist stated that he could create a potion to test the internal flow and that will extract elemental power for closer inspection outside the body. 

 

  Paimon’s eyes sparked up, not a good sign, “Oh! (Name) can do that, in the opposite way! Kind off...” 

 

  “...Huh-” I hadn’t really taken in what Paimon had let the alchemist know. His blue eyes pierced into mine, “Hmm, what’s this?”

 

  Before I could dismiss his question, Paimon just had to keep talking, “(Name) can make these elixirs and potions that help her control and resist elemental powers for a few minutes, without a vision or powers like Aether’s!”

 

   ‘The embarrassment, oh woe is me.’ My focus was anywhere ,but the conversation. WHY WOULD PAIMON BRING THIS UP TO THE CHIEF ALCHEMIST OF THE KNIGHTS OF FAVONIUS. Aether rubbed my back, “No need to be shy, it’s really impressive! These small potions also provide small boosts to existing elemental powers.” 

 

  Albedo stood in thought after Paimon finished flexing my skills for me. He then slightly smiled, “Very interesting, I would like to chat more about that, but for now, let’s focus on one thing at a time.”

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  After spilling a whole terms of service and safety agreement, and collecting a few starsilver ore, the group made it to the campsite inside the cave where we would brew a potion in the hopes of getting an internal reaction from Aether’s elemental flow.  Timaeus was here, as well, jotting down words on a chalkboard. 

 

 We gathered around the assistant to hear his report and hypothesis on our (Aether’s) battle with the cryo slime just a few minutes ago. The Trio ™ then waited a bit for the potion to brew. 

 

  The potion was done after Albedo himself tested it before letting Aether drink it. Thinking it was safe (well, technically it was) the golden Traveller chugged the liquid in one swift motion...his expression a few seconds later told us that he regretted it. He placed his hand over his chest, “It.. burns a bit…”

 

  Paimon and I were concerned but the alchemist said this was the result he expected. Albedo concluded that Aether was no different to anyone else in Teyvat when it came to elemental energy. “Better an ordinary result than a peculiar result,” and “A good thing about ordinary is that everything is an object of reference and everyone understands you. Even in a different world, you are the same to those of us inhabiting it,” such wise words Kreideprinz. 

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

Before the assistant could start adding the new data that had come up, Albedo asked to speak to Timaeus off to the side and signaled for me to join them just outside the cave enterance. 

 

  “Timaeus, could you describe to me this young person's hair colour?” The question came out of nowhere, but I could tell what the Chief Alchemist was trying to do here, he wanted to know if Timaeus could see me to go off of the rumours he had apperantly heard about me being one of Aether's 'mysteries'. 

 

  “Who’s hair, Sir?” the lad was understandably confused, to which Albedo simply answered with another question, “What about the colour of her eyes, could you describe the shade?”

 

  Timaeus scratched his head, “Sorry, sir, I am kind of lost.”  

 

  I quietly stood next to Albedo, the amount of embarrassment I have felt today is immeasurable. The ash-blonde then pointed towards the ground I stood on, “Very well. Can you see these footsteps on the snow?” 

 

  Timaeus’ hazel eyes gazed down and widened in surprise, “Wow, yes I can, sir! Where did they come from?”

 

  Curiosity killed the cat as the lad proceeded to step over what he thought would just be snow, but ended up meeting my shoes instead. The unknown force made him jump back -I stepped back as well when he seemed to want to step on my feet again. Albedo stopped him and the three of us went back inside before I tried to get back at the oblivious man. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Following small tasks that included cooking, finding missing objects, and trying to blow down the mountain side (sad to say I do not have any cool mind powers), the alchemist, the Traveller, Paimon, and I stood on top of a hill a few ways far from the campsite. Albedo wanted us (I’m included this time!) to meet him at the other side of the lake down below, any method was welcomed. 

 

  ‘ So just go down the mountain from up here? In this climate? I want some type of reward out of this.’

 

  After having learned to glide the hard way, this cliff off in Dragonspine was not so bad, and it helped that I wasn't doing it alone. I turned to look at my companion who was trying to warm up his abdomen, “Hey, Aether, wanna race?” 

 

  The man blinked and turned to me, pausing for a moment in thought before a slight smirk appeared on his face, “Hm...sure, loser makes food for a week.” 

 

  “Bet!” 

 

  Both of us jumped off the hill-side and used gliders to fly down once Albedo had gone ahead. The blonde had accidentally closed his glider when the cold wind hit his skin, leaving me a few steps ahead. I collected the first magical particle Albedo had left behind for us to grab, I could see the other three scatter down in a path that lead to where Albedo and Paimon waited by the lake.

   °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “It was a tie, so who’s going to cook Paimon’s food?” 

 

  The fairy asked once we had joined back with Albedo. Aether and I were both freezing from the water we had gotten in (Aether had gotten particles 2 and 3 then hesitated a bit before swimming through the cold lake. I used the broken ice piece to slide across and collect the last particle which is when the ice cracked below me and I fell in anyways. fun.)

 

  “That was quite the performance, very fun to watch,” Albedo commented, “I should be able to make various inferences about the otherworldly civilization you belong to.”

 

  I laughed (shaking in my boots/shoes), “Heh, I’m sure Aether’s world is on the opposite scale of mine.”

 

  The alchemist looked surprised, he asked, “Oh. Are you two from different worlds?” 

 

  Aether and I glanced at each other before responding to Albedo with a nod of our heads (I think we share one braincell at times). The ash-blonde brought his hand up to his chin, “Seems I was mistaken. I had assumed you two came from the same place, you seem very close.” 

 

  I didn’t know how to respond to his comment so I simply laughed, as did Aether. ‘Why go through the pain of friendzoning him, haha. 

  Wait.. he didn’t friendzone me. 

   

What does this mean

 

  AYO WHAT DOES THIS MEAN-’ 

 

  Albedo spoke more about the ongoing experiment, Paimon’s visible confusion towards all the words and phrases the scholar used made the thoughts running through my head disappear. 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  ‘Ruins nearby’ he said. Oh yeah? Then why did we have to walk to the other side of the MOUNTAIN. This is the part we had not gotten to explore the first time we came to Dragonspine, so I’ll let it slide this time. 

 

  A test of intellect was the plan for us being here ,and the alchemist had Aether and I solve two puzzles separately that would unlock one mechanism in the middle. I had the one with five locked pillars and a seelie that went around them. Admittedly, it took me a while to notice the second seelie nearby, but once I knew their patterns, the puzzle was easy to unlock!

 

  Once Aether was done with his part, the mechanism in the middle was unlocked and the water level of the ruins in front decreased, allowing us to take a look inside. ‘So mysterious, so exciting!’  

 

  We came across a mysterious script, one which even Albedo did not know the meaning of. Paimon whined, “Unsolvable mystery this, weird experiment that. It’d be nice to get some answers for once.” 

 

  “Hm,” I added, “But the road leading to uncovering the truth is still exciting, don’t you think?” Albedo’s way of talking may be rubbing off on me. 

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Albedo had copied down the script and went back to the campsite before us. The Travelling Trio ™ was about to go after him before a certain someone scared the cold out of me. 

 

  “I have witnessed everything that you and Albedo have been up to,”  Sister Rosaria stood a few steps in front of us, staring us down, “You let your guards down. Or maybe you were drawn in by his compelling-sounding hypothesis and friendliness?” 

 

  I sighed, “He is extremely charming.” Aether slightly bumped my shoulder to get me to shut up (although Rosaria cannot hear me and I know dang well he agrees with me). 

 

  After an AWESOME comeback from Paimon and serious words from Aether, Sister Rosaria backed-off a bit. Before disappearing, she left us with, “Don’t be so quick to trust Albedo and don’t commit the same errors you did today. You made many rash decisions today.”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘Um, anyways, AlbedoooO!’ 

 

  The trio went back to camp to wrap up our day of experimenting. The seed the alchemist had mentioned throughout the day had managed to sprout, bloom, and disappear all in a matter of seconds. A short lived event, but one that shall be remembered. Albedo’s words thereafter hit deep, so true king. They seemed to resonate with Aether a bit more,  the solemn expression he usually hides had resurfaced. 

 

  “Don’t be sad, Aether. You’ve got Paimon and (Name) to look after you, remember?” 

 

  His golden eyes turned to us and he smiled. Albedo continued, “Your help inspired me to discover the means to make a flower bloom, Aether and (Name).” 

  

  “So we were helpful specimens?”

 

  “I mean that the time spent with you in the mountains was a valuable journey for me. I hope I can count on your help in the future.” 

 

  Aether placed his hands on his hips, “Sure, even if you just want company, find us anytime.” 

 

  “We’ll bring food!” 

 

  Albedo smiled, “I’ll keep your words in mind then.”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  We said our goodbyes and used the nearby waypoint to get back to Windrise. As we walked to our campsite, I could see a silly goofy look on Aether’s face, albeit the one on my face was probably goofier (maybe it was the hypothermia setting in, is that even how hypothermia works?) Going up the familiar hill, I stopped when a big realization hit me, 

 

   ‘Wait, THAT WAS ALBEDO’S STORY QUEST-’

 

  I smacked myself for not realising it earlier, as well for not recognizing Rosaria at first, how COULD I. Blasphemy. 

 

  This had truly been an exciting day. We poured ourselves with some hot water in the hopes of not getting sick from the cold and changed into warmer clothes for the night. Paimon recounted the day in her thoughts and perspective, very amusing. 

 

  We hit the hay soon after and good thing we did as my body instantly melted into the sleeping bag. The area’s music drifted me off to sleep, oh how I’ll miss this tune. 

Notes:

IM FILLING OUT FASFA AFTER WAITING FOR IT TO NOT LAG ALL DAY LOL

THANKS FOR READING, SEE YA IN TWO WEEKS FOR LI YUE WOOOOO

 

wrote all of this in a day .12 september 2021, happy birthday (13 sep 2021)  albedo lol

Chapter 9: Ue Ue Ue (Sound of Crying)

Summary:

You step into Li Yue, nothing much happens but you get a special something under the night skyyy (not a kiss, sorry orz

 

haha jk unless?)

 

verr godlet (Real!)

 (Part 8)

 

  The Descension Ritual was estimated to take place the following week. We did not set foot into the land of Geo until then. The next couple of days were spent saying our goodbyes to everyone else we had met in Mondstadt and going on quests here and there.

 

  We finally met up with Diluc and Jean to tell them about my situation as we had promised a few days ago. The wine was good as the group met in Angel’s Share late one night. Aether did most of the talking, of course, Jean was taking notes (notes on me? Why are you taking notes?) and she held up a piece of paper when Aether had finished answering one of Diluc’s questions. 

 

  “Would you say this sketch by our Chief Alchemist is accurate?” asked Jean, unrolling a piece of paper she had within her coat.

 

   ‘Hold up why is there a picture of me on instagram- HOLD UP WHY IS JEAN HOLDING A DRAWING OF ME?’

 

  The Traveller looked between me and the paper before letting the Acting Grand Master know that it was, indeed, an accurate drawing. Meanwhile, I was still trying to decipher why Albedo felt the need to include my eyebags. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

 At last, there was really only one path leading out of the Nation of Freedom, so we agreed to follow the road that went beyond Dawn Winery when it was time to go...which was now! 

 

  ‘Dawn Winery Theme’ stopped playing in my head and the trio was officially out of Mondstadt and in Li Yue as the sun shined bright above Teyvat. Paimon was going on and on about the new food that awaited us, they were ecstatic. I was trying to keep up with her chatter and Aether just listened to us blab on. He hadn’t been talking a lot the past two days, I didn’t ask him about it. We were heading to a new place, more new people, and more chances to find what we were looking for (or so he thought, unfortunately). 

 

  Staring out across Dihua Marsh from Stone Gate for the first time was fantastic, completely different scenery than Mondstadt. A mesh of green, orange, and yellow, how I love it. Wangshu Inn seemed like it was only a hop and a skip away. 

 

  And that it was! Because I, oh so skillfully, navigated our route towards the inn. No hilichurl or slime is stopping me from meeting the legendary Verr Godlet (Although she probably won’t notice me). Aether unlocked the first Statue of the Seven as we walked along, but did not resonate with Geo. I wonder why?

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Your appearance and your floating companion. Hm...no, I don’t think I’ve seen you before,” the boss of the Inn asked herself. 

 

  It had gotten late by the time we arrived at the top of Wangshu Inn (waiting for the elevator took a while). The inn was a totally normal place, according to the employees. The decor looked and the food smelled great as we looked around. Paimon brought up the idea to rent a room for the night before heading to the city. ‘So much walking, my shoes need to last!’

 

  “We would like a room for the night, please!” 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The moon seemed close from the balcony of the inn. I had taken advantage of the inn’s commodities and services and took a shower, now I was letting my hair air dry. It was very quiet, nothing but the rustling of the tree’s leaves. As tired as I was, the scenery had lured me into a trance that made me fail to notice when a certain blonde had walked up behind. 

 

  “Li Yue, huh? What a site…”

 

  Without breaking my gaze, I added, “And this is only a fraction of what we have yet to see.” 

 

  “Hmm,” he agreed. 

 

  We stood in comfortable silence for a  few minutes before he piped up with a request, “Hey, (Name), could you close your eyes for a tic?”

 

  I snapped out of my trance and turned to him, he only smiled and said nothing else. Curious as to why he had asked that out of nowhere, I closed my eyes. Quiet movements ensued, followed by the rattling of something small. ‘Gosh, curiosity is killing me!’

 

  “Alright, you can open your eyes now.”

 

  When I did, I saw him holding a weapon I had never seen before. A polearm, with a smooth and sturdy look under the moonlight. The blade on top reflected the light and the accessories at the bottom of the pole moved with the wind. 

 

  ‘...I’m confused haha.’

 

  I nervously laughed, “Where did you get this? Looks cool.” Aether handed it over to me, placing his hands on top of mine when he did, “It’s for you.”

 

  “Wha.” I was very confused, “Where did this come from all of a sudden? Gasp, did you commit a crime Aether-”

 

  “I- I didn’t steal it!” The blonde leaned back against the wooden rail and spoke, “I commissioned Wagner to make it weeks ago, took a while to make. You deserve a sturdy tool, no? It’s also good for catching fish, haha!” 

 

  He gazed down, “The journey has just begun, but you have worked hard to better yourself in order to protect others, it makes me glad. The charms are made by him, as well! A little touch I thought I’d add to thank you for everything you’ve done so far... ” 

   Sniff .

 

  Amber eyes gazed up to face me, tears rushing down my cheeks. 

 

  “Oh-” Aether’s attitude changed, “I- I didn’t mean to make you cry, I apologize. Do you not like it?”

 

   ‘Gosh… I can’t even come up with the words.’  

 

  When I let go of the weapon it vanished into the inventory, just like any other. I tried to wipe the tears away before giving in and embracing the man, the sobbing didn’t stop. He rubbed circles on my back and tried to calm me down so as to not wake up anyone inside, but these were emotions I needed to let out. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiidee~°¤•

 

  The next morning went by quickly. (Name)’s crying knocked her out cold and left her energized once they woke up. ‘I’m glad she wasn’t upset about the surprise, I was nervous as all hell!’

 

  Paimon dragged them down to eat a big breakfast before they continued on their way. Many, many pancakes. Thankfully, they did not have to wait long for the elevator after they bid their thanks to the Boss and the Innkeeper. 

 

  A small way past the inn across the bridge, a merchant and his wagon were being terrorized by hilichurls. 

 

  “May the Archons bless you, how could I ever repay you?” 

 

  The man fell to his knees once Aether (and (Name)) quickly took care of the mobs. The blonde was about to reject his offer, but (Name) whispered, “Ask him where he is heading!” 

 

  “I am on my way to the Harbour, have to restock my shop,” the man pointed to his wagon full of merchandise after the blonde communicated her thoughts. (Name) stood in thought and brought up the idea to ask him if they could hitch a ride and offer to protect the man and goods along the way. “Oh, I do not mind at all! I would be most thankful!” 

 

  And so,  the Travelling Trio ™ (as (Name) likes to call them) rode on the back of the merchant's wagon towards Li Yue Harbour. The woman cheerfully sang one of the many songs from her world along the way (she probably thought she was singing in her head again, Aether would never tell). 

 

  Most songs seemed to be about heartbreak or things he had never heard of, yet she always sang or hummed the catchy tunes with a smile. Paimon let the woman know she was singing out loud and (Name) awkwardly laughed before changing the subject. Aether smiled, ‘Who would ever want to break the heart of a gal like this?’

☆☆☆

Notes:

hello! thanks for reading! and thANK YOU SO MUCH FOR 100 KUDOS ON THIS FIC HOPEFULLY BY THE TIME THIS IS SEEN BY EVERYONE WHO KEEPS UP sdjjsdnvj

sad to say that the weekly schedule might be slightly altered, school still exists but I also just don't have a lot of notes on li yue, so i have to come up with stuff eeee. aether brainrot still going strong though, dw

um, yeah, thank y'all so much, you have no idea how much this means to me ToT

(FE3H brainrot creeping on-)

Chapter 10: Wanted criminal check 2: escape from the Millelith

Summary:

We gotta go we gotta go we gotta go we gotta go

 

im still bad at summaries

Part 9

 

 

 Aether, Paimon, and I set foot on the wooden bridge at the entrance of Li Yue Harbour after hopping off of the merchant’s wagon. Act II has begun!

 

  Paimon explained that the term ‘Morax’ was seen as somewhat offensive to the people who worshipped the God of Geo, so addressing the ruling Archon by ‘Rex Lapis’ would be much better. Very understandable, wouldn't want to offend the God and people of the new place we have come to ask for help at. 

 

  We weren’t sure if the Rite of Descension was meant to happen today or tomorrow or if it had already happened, so we asked the locals about it. A sailor named Guanhai was very helpful and directed us towards Yujing Terrace, where the Ritual was meant to happen in around an hour! 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Talk about perfect timing…” 

 

  The three of us curiously looked around the terrace which had been decorated for the ritual. We went around wishing for a blessing from Rex Lapis and the Adepti before finding a place in front of the crowd gathered around Lady Ningguang of the Li Yue Qixing, a very powerful organization. 

 

   ‘Gosh, Am I forgetting something? This feeling is becoming more common, I don’t like it.’  

 

  I tried to shake the forgetful feeling out of me as the Head of the Qixing spoke up, “The hour is upon us.” Her actions were so smooth and powerful, the first Geo technique I had seen in the flesh! 

 

  A yellow beam shot up towards the sky, producing a swirl of clouds. Suddenly, the clouds turned dark and a giant creature fell down onto the terrace floor, sending shock waves both physically and socially. My mouth was fully open, ‘This… this is what I was forgetting.’ I wasn’t the only one in shock, of course, my friends and the crowd around us were utterly confused. Some wanted to approach the creature but were stopped in their steps when Lady Ningguang raised a hand and was the first to step closer. 

 

 Whispering ensued as Lady Ningguang loomed over the fallen figure before sharply turning towards the crowd and exclaiming, “Rex Lapis has been killed, seal the exits!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “The Geo Archon is… DEAD?!” 

 

  I threw my hand over Paimon’s mouth to keep her from repeating what had already been stated. Everyone was in disbelief; the Millelith, the local authority, had flooded into the closed off area and were questioning everyone in attendance as potential murderers of the god we had travelled to see. The fairy’s muffled words got past my hand, “Paimon is freaking out, are we suspects too?!”

 

  I tried to calm them down, although I was physically shaking, “F-Freaking out isn’t going to help us, Paimon. If it did, I don’t think I would be where I am now.” The blonde, on the other hand, was calm… too calm. I couldn’t tell what he was thinking, but his actions did not make me feel any better. The two of us watched as he simply turned and began to walk towards the exit, “Aether! Where are you going?!” 

 

  Still, we are loyal until the end and followed behind the man as he tried to sneak out of the crime scene. We had already run (glided) away from the authorities in one nation, we did not need to make this a pattern. But of course...twice in a row, it would be. When we (well, Aether and Paimon) were almost out of the sight of the Millelith, the blonde accidentally stepped on a broken tile -the sound of which, made a soldier look our way. 

 

  “These two are trying to escape! Arrest them!”

 

  We ran down the stairs, only to be blocked on both sides. ‘Not the way I thought I would test out my new weapon,’ I thought (I had cleared hilichurls along the way with the old dull blade until it broke). But before we could charge towards the police, a voice made everyone freeze. 

 

  “Hey now, hold still!” 

 

  Arrows pushed back the guards and a figured leap from above us, knocking away the Millelith with his legs. The man turned to us as more guards were on their way down the stairs, “Can't hold them forever, come with me.”

 

  Without wasting a thought, I rushed behind him, Aether and Paimon following a few steps behind. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Leaning against a beam, I tried to stop my legs from shaking from all the nerves. Running from a nation's authoritative force while they probably think your companions murdered their god during the one big day out of the year...it would surely make anyone tremble, even if they were invisible to all. Paimon was trying to catch their breath, as well. She and Aether were about to go into one of their many ‘Paimon, you are magic, how do you get tired?’ chats before Paimon addressed the elephant in the room (or well, street), “Wait a minute, who are you?”

 

  “Call me Childe,” our somewhat-of-a-hero said. 

 

  This ‘alias’ didn’t sit all too well with Paimon. Childe let us in on his occupation and position in association with his nickname. Aether immediately put himself between the revealed Fatui Harbinger and his two friends, even as Childe reassured him that he was not looking for a fight, “You may take your leave, we do not need help from the Fatui.” 

 

  “Aw, come on, don’t be like that. I’m not a bad- no, well, I guess I am kind of a bad guy, but I’m not here to give you any trouble,” the redhead raised his hands to show peace.  

 

  I place a hand on Aether’s shoulder to try to calm him down, “Let’s just listen to him for a bit.” He turned to me, visibly confused as to why I would be wanting to listen to the Fatui man after the whole Mondstadt incident, yet, he relaxed his stance. 

 

   ‘Fatui Harbinger Childe. I remember him a bit, what number is he again? I feel like he has other names as well.’

 

  Childe smiled, “Hmm, whatever your friend there said seems to have worked, you have my thanks, Miss…” I gave him my name, but something seemed off. 

 

  He asked me to speak up, which I did, yet my voice did not seem to reach his ears. Childe asked Aether if I had some sort of speech condition, but Aether said, and I quote, “I have nothing to explain to you.”...okay then-

 

   ‘So he can see me...but he can’t hear me? Did this happen with that Signora as well? I don’t remember, I was too busy trying to throw hands and failing to do so...’  

 

  As he spoke of what he did here in Li Yue and what had just happened during the Rite of Descension, I tried to visibly show that I was listening, which the Fatui man seemed to enjoy. Someone who was not all too happy was the blonde standing beside me.  

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  After Childe had left and told us to meet up with him at the Northland Bank, Aether took hold of my arm, “(Name), you shouldn’t let your guard down around that man, I don’t like his aura.” 

 

  “Hmm?” I thought of something to say, “Oh, I’m sorry. Sorry. That ginger isn’t getting past these walls! I’ll keep my eyes on him. I remember everything everyone in Mondstadt said about the Fatui, don't worry.” 

 

  He didn’t seem all too convinced (kind of confused), but his hold went from my forearm to my hand and he dragged me along towards the bank where said ginger was waiting. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Yo! Lovely seeing you here!” Childe walked out of the building just as we reached the entrance. I gave him a puzzled look, “We literally just saw each other a few minutes ago.”

 

  He laughed, “Oh, if I could only hear your voice, Miss.” I couldn’t help but roll my eyes and laugh, as well. Abruptly, the blonde cleared his throat, “Why did you bring us here?” 

 

  “Aha, right. Let me give you this,” the ginger held out a unique object, “ I know it’s a sigil. A sigil to keep the ‘mighty and illuminated adepti’ from harming you.” The Harbinger told us where we could find the adepti that have been protecting Li Yue for centuries and how we should seek their help in clearing (Aether and Paimon’s) name from suspicion and oh yeah, telling them their God is dead. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  A long, long trek awaited us in order to get to Jueyun Karst. But before that, we found a place outside of the city to set up camp. The mountains north of the harbour seemed like a good place to set up our rest spot. It was near a waypoint and in a high place where we could glide whichever way we wanted to get down. Plus it meant we could keep Childish Jiang some company, in a way. 

 

  Paimon held onto the Sigil of Permission as Aether and I set up our tent. “Hmm,” the fairy thought out loud, “Paimon had never heard of such a thing before. This will protect us if the Adepti are hostile? Paimon is excited to see if it works!” 

 

  “What if it doesn’t work?”

 

  “Don’t say things like that, Aether!”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  

   ‘Hoky moky, that was a LONG walk.’

 

   The Travelling Trio ™ rested for a bit and set off to the home of the Adepti before the sun rose over Teyvat. Waypoints, oh how I love you. 

 

  Don’t get me wrong, the scenery in Li Yue is BEAUTIFUL. The perfect mesh of the greenery and ancient rocks, hills and mountains that touched the clouds, calm bodies of water here and there, picture-perfect. Oh and the music, AGH, THE MUSIC!!! If Aether wasn’t tired of my humming before he will be now, this music is everything! 

 

  Speaking of Aether, he seemed to blend into the scenery. He was quiet as we walked, only chiming up to point out something he found neat or interesting. Collecting flowers and food ingredients along the way, he would pick the Qixings out with a sort of carefulness as if he was trying not to hurt them. Or the way he would chase after weasel thieves only to bump into a stone or get his clothes caught on a bush. The mood very much matched the music in my ears. 

 

  Ah, I got sidetracked, anyways, on with what happened!   

 

  The first Adepti we met with was Mooncarver -admittedly, the easiest one to talk to out of the three that resided in the mountains. We were only briefly interrupted, still had to throw hands with the Millelith that followed us all the way to the mountains, but Mooncarver believed us when we told the news of what happened back in the Harbour and told us to seek out the others. 

 

  Cloud Retainer blessed us with their presence after Aether cooked up some dishes as tribute. This Adepti resided in Mt. Aozang. Something about this place made my heartache a tad, but I can’t remember why. ‘This is getting annoying and worse, I should see a doctor. Would a doctor even be able to see me, though?’ I do have to say that the abode we had to walk through to be able to talk to Cloud Retainer was both cool and very terrifying! It’d be neat to live in a place like that, but I would probably fall to my doom.

 

   The third Apeti was the toughest to speak to. Not only did we have to help two brothers out before speaking to him, but the act of helping the brothers after one was trapped in amber seemed to make him angry (angrier than what his tone already is like). Mountain Shaper alas listened to our words and took them to mind, our trip to the mountains was done. 

 

  This leads us to now! Again, bless waypoints. The trio used the waypoint at Wangshu Inn to instantly get there to deliver the news to the ‘Guardian Adepti’ who supposedly wanders around here. The sun had set across the land as we staggered our way towards the balcony where Paimon guessed an Adepti could watch over the land. 

 

  It was just as last time, nothing had changed when I gazed out at Dihua Marsh in the illumination of the moon. Even Paimon was quiet and taking in the sight! It was a grand sight. 

 

  I had nearly forgotten why we had come back to the inn in the first place, until a voice, that was not either of my companions, scared the remaining braincells out of me. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘Ah! It’s him! But, who is he exactly? I know I’ve seen him before, but where? His haircut is cool. His hair is cool, I wish I had a haircut like that.’

 

  As I racked my brain for answers and saved aside cool haircut ideas, the Adepti muttered some words about how ‘humans are weak' and disappeared without hearing anything we had to say. Yikes! Kinda sucks that what we have to say is kind of super-duper-whooper important. 

 

  We staggered towards the front desk where the Boss seemed to know of a way to get the Vigilant Yaksha to listen to us for just a second. But of course, it wasn’t going to be easy. Paimon’s ear ringing scream solidified the fact that we were indeed not seeing things and there was a ghost in the kitchen of the inn. 

 

  Chasing children is exhausting enough, but chasing after ghost children after having walked to all corners of a nation in one day is REAL exhausting. To top it all off, the Ruin Guard we encountered was TERRIFYING! (Throwing the polearm really was a good idea, though.) At least we got Dusky Ming to stop scaring the people at the inn and give Smiley Yanxiao some peace. 

 

  Adeptus Xiao, 'right, I remember that name!', ate a plate of Almond Tofu as we finally managed to explain the situation from the ritual and our talk with the other Adepti. 

 

  “Rex Lapis is..., how could this be...?” The Vigilant Yaksha was the most weary of our words but seemed convinced and let us know he would personally meet with Mooncarver, Cloud Retainer, and Mountain Shaper to discuss what the protectors of Li Yue would do now that the reigning God had been murdered and the humans were left on their own. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “OoF,” I fell onto the grass after teleporting back to our campsite. I’m so happy that the waypoint is nearby. 

 

  Aether sat beside me as I rolled over to face the sky, Paimon resting on his head. The music was peaceful, the breeze was gentle, a nice way to end a long, long day. 

 

  I swear I closed my eyes for a millisecond (resting my eyes, of course) and woke up in the tent later in the middle of the night. The blonde was sound asleep, Paimon had rolled away from my sleeping bag, and rain droplets were bouncing off of the tent on the exterior. The sound of rain usually wakes me up, but I can always fall asleep when I focus on the sound. My mind focuses on the beat of each drop. 

 

  It’s very calming. 

 

Notes:

hey hey hey! thank you so much for reading!

all my excuses are the same as any other writer so I'm not gonna write them all out lol
slowly bringing myself out of laziness or is it just procrastinating an actual research paper I need to edit? i will never tell

ALBEDO RERUN FINALLY HERE AYO? ALSO BENNETT IN THAT SCENE?? AAAA WHERE'S KLEE I NEED MY EMOTIONS CRASHED AND BURNED and gorou ^J^ and yes, I am a thoma haver TM

anyways, probably wont update until lnext month so happy Hanukkah to those who celebrate it in advanced !

Chapter 11: Say Click, Take a Pic!

Summary:

Some shenanigans the Travelling Trio TM gets up to before unpaid labour begins
A certain someone shows up to help you on your journey :0

Part 10

 

  The next day, we were lucky (should I even use that word?) enough to find Childe outside the Northland Bank and let him in on our interactions with the Adepti. In this exchange of information, he let us in on the situation regarding Rex Lapis and how the Qixing is keeping the ‘Exuvia’ hidden from the public. 

 

  “If the ruling Qixing became unable to perform their duty properly,” he said, “the adepti have the right to take corrective action. The Geo Archon’s spirit has risen, so why hide his vessel? It's all very suspicious.”

 

    Paimon cried, “Ahh! This just interferes with our journey to find The Seven!” 

 

  The Harbinger’s head perked up, looking between us all with curiosity, “Oh, you’re trying to find The Seven? And why might that be, pray tell?”

 

  “That has nothing to do with you.”

 

  “None ya business.” 

 

  “Heh...fair enough.”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Childe would find someone that would allow us to receive access to Rex Lapis’ vessel, it would take a while to set up a meeting so we left things there for now. Must be someone of high importance if a formal meeting was required. The Travelling Trio ™  was walking around the city after a satisfying lunch. A man nearby caught our attention and Aether sparked conversation. The man’s name was Ji Tong and he was having some issues with a device he had purchased. He went over what he was concerned about, I couldn’t really follow it. 

 

  “I will go back to Fontaine for better liquid and a new kamera. If you want to try this one out, it’s all yours.” 

 

  “Ah, wa-” but before the blonde could process the interaction, Ji Tong had vanished into a crowd of people walking past. Paimon looked over the device with intense curiosity and promised not to drop it as we made out way back to our camp. 

 

  And so, that’s how we ended up in the possession of an instant-photo producing kamera. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  A polaroid camera! That’s what it reminds me of. I’m glad at least one of us could figure it out. 

 

  “Well,” I started as we sat in a circle next to our tent, “we don’t know the next time we can get the liquid that makes it work, so let’s make these pictures count!” 

 

  Paimon agreed, “Yes! Yes! Ahh, what should be our first photograph? Paimon has so many ideas!”

 

  “Pfft -of us, of course!” 

 

  No selfie stick or reflection to see if we were even in frame, Aether, Paimon and I huddled together for a picture. After pressing the button, a flash appeared, followed by a noise inside the device. We kept close watch over it as a sheet came out a few seconds later. The photo didn’t load for a couple more seconds, but when it did, I couldn’t help, but tear up a bit. 

 

  “Oh, it’s us!” Paimon snatched the picture from Aether who had been silently staring at it for a while, “AH, PAIMON’S EYES ARE CLOSED!” 

 

  The blonde and I proceeded to laugh as Paimon begged to take another picture before the thought of food took over her mind and she went to nibble on the leftovers we had brought over from the city. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Paimon was asleep and the night had once again fallen over Teyvat. I, too, was asleep but my body decided it needed to get up at this exact moment. Drowsily making my way out of the tent, I found Aether sitting by the put-out campfire. He was looking over the picture we had taken earlier, he did not make any comments about it though. He simply stared at it, either too focused or lost in thought. 

 

  I didn’t want to interrupt, but it was also late as told by the position of the moon up above. I called out, “You should really get some sleep.”

 

  The Traveller’s head slightly perked up and turned my way, “...I know. I’ll sleep in a bit.”

 

  “You really like that picture, huh?”

 

  He nodded, not even trying to hide the fact, “I want to look at it a little longer.” 

 

  A yawn escaped me, “Well I’m going back to sleep.” 

 

  I turned back, but stop when I heard a faint call of my name. Assuming it came from Aether, I turned back to him, but he had gone back to the photo. Shaking off all my thoughts, I dove back into the tent and snuggled back into my sleeping bag -Li Yue nights sure are breezy. 

  

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The next day was very chill. We took the time to walk around the harbour, seeing as we weren’t wanted suspects anymore thanks to the whole situation being cleared up with the help of Childe. 

 

  Li Yue Harbour’s atmosphere was different than that of Mondstadt, it felt more...organized and determined. In a good way! And not to say that Jean isn’t doing a good job to keep Mondstadt organized but aaaah you get what I mean. But I will admit that the food here was better than that of the nation we were in before, all these flavours! MMM!!! I can’t handle so many different foods every single day, but I’ll be damned if I don’t at least try everything here. 

 

  Paimon was over clouds and wanted to stop at every restaurant or food stand we passed. The mora in our pockets did not allow us, though. And speaking of mora, we met with Katheryn here in the guild’s booth here in the harbour. With her confirmation, Aether and I can now take commissions here in Li Yue to build up money. Woop woop! 

 

  I’m glad I’ll actually be able to help on commissions now and no longer just lounge around, it feels good to be useful. 

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Why didn’t you resonate with the Statue of Seven’s geo power when we entered Li Yue, Aether?”

 

  We were on our way to the Northland Bank to find Childe and get updated on the meeting we were expecting. While walking, something that had been in my mind suddenly came out of my mouth. My blonde pal stopped to think of a response to my question, “I don’t know… I hadn’t thought about it, I’ve gotten really comfortable with anemo, but I will try out geo someday. Maybe geo will work for you, too?”

 

  I laughed, “Haha, I wish! We’d be an earth and air duo! Enemies wouldn’t know what hit ‘em.”

 

  “Paimon thinks geo sounds cool! Geo and anemo would be unstoppable!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Ekaterina from the bank oh-so nicely redirected us to the Liuli Pavilion, where the Harbinger could be seen waiting outside. The tall man looked over and raised a hand to greet us as we approached, “You made it! As promised, I found someone who can help you come in contact with Rex Lapis’ exuvia.”

 

   ‘A business dinner? In this outfit? Embarrassing, not that whoever this is will be able to see me.’

 

  We made out way to a room inside Liuli Pavillion, the food around us made my mouth water although we had eaten a few hours before. ‘Oh no, I’m turning into Paimon.’

 

   The man in the room we were led to turned his gaze to us when we walked in. His eyes were a beautiful thing, I must say. Something about this appearance felt...oddly familiar. Very familiar. As I racked my brain for where I had seen someone like him before, Childe went ahead and introduced him, “This is Mr. Zhongli of an organization known as Wangsheng and a trusted associate of the Fatui. The organization is known for dealing with people,  the Fatui is glad to work with them.”

 

   ‘This guy kind of looks like the st- wait, dealing with people?’

 

  Zhongli assured Paimon, who had been freaking out over Childe’s wording, that Wangsheng was a funeral parlor and nothing more. ‘Well, that’s a bit more reassuring. Ah, what was I thinking of earlier…?’

 

  The consultant of the Wangsheng Funeral Parlor let us in on how he could take us to see Rex Lapis’ vessel. He also let out his thoughts about the whole situation regarding the Qixing and the secrets being kept. “Traveller, Childe has told me a lot about you. Since you have had dealings with the Anemo Archon, could I ask you to help me prepare the Geo Archon’s last rite?” 

 

  Aether sat in thought before agreeing. Maybe he concluded that this would be the only way to meet with the exuvia. “Well then, please walk with me.”

 

  Though we had just sat down at the table, we were already up on our feet again and heading out the door behind Mr. Zhongli. Childe bid us goodbye from the otherside of the table, saying something about “getting acquainted with chopsticks”. I wished him good luck via a thumbs up, which he seemed to appreciate.

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Zhongli can’t see me, he hasn’t acknowledged my presence the whole time we’ve been talking. But anyways.

 

  The consultant gave us a brief history lesson and informed us that he believes the Fatui are also behind something (but aren’t they always?) and are using us to get something out of the Rite of Parting. “These are the advanced funds Childe has provided. If you use them up, just go to him for subsequent funding.”

 

   ‘dAMN, this is a heavy bag!’ The bag of mora Childe had provided for us had to weigh at least four pounds, looks like someone is full of money. ‘Wonder how I can get me some of this everyday…’

 

  Aether, Paimon, and I were basically frothing at the mouth from the amount of mora in the bag, but Zhongli spoke up about the first step in the Rite of Parting, which made us regain our composure. 

 

  This...was gonna be a long couple of days.

Notes:

i wanna apologize to all of you for what i did, it was very wrong and i am very sorry. i just would like to move on and lead a normal life, you know, have a wife and kids

yeah,,, so ... happy new year... how yall been

least to say,,, genshin brainrot did kinda stop (though aether brainrot going strong)
dreams also stopped so ima start pulling stories out of my butt now lol
I WILL try to finish the story through to the end of Li Yue.
Though I had a lot of ideas involving Inazuma with Kazuha, Teppei, and Kokomi, Inazuma and other stuff might just be those parts summed up so yeah haha

i do wanna give a huge thank you to everyone who has liked the story and commented so far. i have to do a double take whenever i get an email that someone gave kudos like "me?! my story!?" it's a nice feeling dfjvjn

second semester of school starts the week after next woop woop

Chapter 12: Maybe don’t add ‘Funeral Service Planner’ to the resume

Summary:

Zhongli drags the gang all over li yue (day1) to prepare for the rite of passing! how exciting , but also my feet hurt and im hungry :[

Part 11

 

 

Zhongli of the Wangsheng Funeral Parlor first took us with him to the Jade Mystery stand to find the perfect jade for Rex Lapis’ Rite of Parting. This is where the trio found out that Mister Zhongli has somewhat of a strange relationship with Mora. How the heck does he not carry Mora with him when he lives in Li Yue Harbor where business is everywhere. Paimon found it annoying, Aether was amused, and I was just confused. 

 

  Nevertheless, the Consultant might not know a lot about saving money, but he sure does know how to get through business interactions. Taking a few samples from each ore to see which one shines brightness, pretty smart! To test this, we needed a pot filled with water over a fire. This is how we ended up back in Mondstadt, at Dadaupa Gorge. 

 

  “We’re ready to go! Paimon will remember which one is which, don’t let the water get cold or too hot.” 

 

  Zhongli watched the ore samples sit in the brewing hilichurl soup alongside Paimon, Aether worked to keep the fire at a decent temperature. Then there was me, dealing with the hilichurls that were not pleased to see us touching their big pot of water. 

 

  Luckily, it didn’t take long for one ore to shine brighter than the rest. Carefully, Zhongli took back the samples, making sure to remember the one we were going to buy when we got back to market. 

  

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘Is this man okay?’  

 

  When we got back to Li Yue Harbor, the ore seller was surprised to find out the reason behind our visit and he sold us some third sample ore at half the price. What a bargain! ...But guess who didn’t have any money..!  I can’t tell if this is a joke or not. Good thing Childe is loaded and gave us a big allowance. 

 

  The Rite of Parting was taking place in Yujing Terrace… how ironic. ‘Guess it’s the only good place to hold important events…’ We followed Mister Zhongli to place the notorious jade in its respectful place as part of the offering to Rex Lapis. Aether, Paimon, and Zhongli were discussing something about the Qixing whilst I walked around the terrace. There were some folks around, still shocked by the events that had taken place but a few moons ago. I let out a yawn, ‘Gosh, this is tiring, and it just started! I’m not cut out to be a funeral planner.’   

 

  “(Name)! Come on!” 

 

  Our floating friend’s voice sent a small burst of energy through me which got my legs moving towards the group that was walking away. Zhongli continued to explain something about flowers and perfume while Aether quietly gave me the sparknotes summary of the conversation I wasn’t listening to beforehand. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘Ok, this whole thing has us running everywhere, what are we even doing again?’ 

 

  After running around the harbor and having a not-so-pleasant interaction with the botanist Bolai, to begging Ying’er to help us create Archon worthy perfumes- the trio stood before a Statue of the Seven alongside Zhongli to present the three fragrances we had created to see how the statue would react. While the three talked, I couldn’t help but let my view linger on Zhongli and glance to the form of the Geo Archon on the stone statue. ‘Why do they look so … similar…?’ Rex Lapis had taken many forms before, maybe Zhongli…

 

  'But isn't Rex Lapis dead? 

 

  But what if he isn’t? 

 

  But then why the heck would he fake his death? '

 

  I must’ve been zoning out to the point of annoyance for when I managed to blink again, Aether and Paimon were gone. Zhongli was left alone, looking over the statue. Man, I’ve just been standing here for who knows how long. If he could see me, that would’ve been awkward. 

 

  Turning towards the harbour, the sky was starting to turn into its hues of yellow and orange. This day has felt so long. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The streets of Li Yue Harbour were as busy as usual, almost as if nothing major had occurred a few days back. Mouthwatering scents came from every which way, children raced each other, shop owners welcomed people in. I felt so… out of place. An enigma, an- 

 

  “The anomaly?”

 

   Signora’s words sent a chill down my spine and pain surged to my head, I still have no idea what she meant by that. And while a fatui’s words plagued my mind, a fatui appeared to plague my time. The Eleventh Fatui Harbinger seemed to appear out of thin air as I felt myself be whisked off to the side and saw a man pushing a wagon in a hurry. Child let go of me and gave me a pat on the back as he spoke, “Gotta be careful, miss, never know what can appear and take you in one swoop around these busy parts.”

 

  I offered my thanks, but quickly offered a nod when remembering the man before me could not hear me no matter how hard I tried. Childe laughed and glossed over our language barrier, “Yes, the harbour gets quite lively at night. I was planning on having a calm walk around, care to join me?” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “That shop over there usually has bargain deals on Tuesdays, but only for an hour! People will flood once the hour hits,  talk about a business ploy. 

 

  The food here is so different from Snezhnaya, it really makes you want to try it all at once, no?

 

  If you take the stairs here, you get to the docks much faster.” 

 

  Honestly, who knows what the ginger man was going on about at his point, but I liked listening to him share bits of knowledge (not like I could do anything but listen). We had been walking around for a while, it was quite enjoyable for a day of running all over the harbour. 

 

  “The toy seller around the cor- Oh well, look who’s over at the toy stand.” 

 

  As we rounded a corner, Childe looked over to a toy stand run by an elderly woman who seemed to be speaking to Zhongli, Aether, and Paimon. Overhearing the words ‘as for the payment’ in an uncertain tone coming out of Zhongli’s mouth, the man beside me took it as his cue to make his presence useful. 

 

  “It’s Childe! …And (Name)!” Paimon was the first to greet us. It took Aether a minute to react, from the looks on his face, he looked tired. Poor guy. He blinked a few times before coming to his senses, “(Name)! Sorry we left you behind, we really couldn’t get your head out of the clouds…but more importantly-” 

 

  The blonde softly pulled my arm to have me stand beside him and Zhongli, away from the Fatui Harbinger. The other two seemed to be wrapping up the conversation they were having on their own before Childe turned our way and handed me a sack of mora, “Take this bag of money, you probably won’t want Zhongli to do any more bargaining. And as a thanks for our walk, hope I was good company.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘Gosh, making deals with workers sure is hard, at least we have some money left.’

 

  Our tasks were almost done, I couldn’t wait. We had one more stop, we briefly met back up with Childe to hand him back the leftover money. The fatui man stated, “No need, comrades, any left over cash is yours, a favour for the fatui never goes unrewarded.” 

 

  “You think you can buy us off with money? No sir, Paimon wants to know when the next payment is coming.” 

 

  Our white-haired companion crossed her arms and turned sideways, but kept an eye on Childe to see if he would react how they wanted. I couldn’t help but burst out laughing. Aether’s tone when he spoke up was quick to wipe whatever giggles I had left, though. Amber eyes seemed to dig into the fatui’s solid blue orbs, looking for any emotion and answers behind them, “Don’t fall for it, we know what the fatui are after.” 

 

  Shivers run down my spine whenever I recount the events outside of the cathedral in Mondstadt, Signora’s icy daggers haunt what would be my dreams (or nightmares, if I had any). Paimon put her hands up and tried to get between the two men, “Ok, everyone calm down. Why is the atmosphere so tense all of a sudden-?” 

  

  “The workers have been trust- oh, …is everything alright?” Mister Zhongli finally met back up with us after he had scurried off to who knows where. 

 

  With a small smile, Childe’s eyes moved away from us and addressed the question, “Yes, everything is alright, just letting them know they don’t need to return the money. Now, if you’ll excuse me, I’ll be going.” 

 

  Zhongli watched the man walk away before turning to our little group, “My apologies for interrupting your conversation. I must also take my leave now, do hope to see you at Bubu Pharmacy tomorrow. Rest well, Traveller.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Not a word was said as the Travelling Trio ™ trudged over to the waypoint and teleported to the mountain where our campsite was set up. Aether kept muttering to himself, rubbing his forehead and sighing. Going about our night routine, a quiet ‘Goodnight’ was muttered as we each fell asleep. What a long day that had been. 

Notes:

hello hello! thanks for reading :))

sorry this chapter is short, there is so much in li yue and i want it to be over already, I GOT KAZUHA CONTENT TO WRITE AAAA
hope yall dont mind me skipping a bunch of stuff that literally no one wants to read so i'll sum it up next time as well, i kinda have an idea of how the whole battle will go down with (Name), which im telling you now, it wont be interesting :clown:
im so tired lol
Mona and 40 new wishes in and still no ganyu orz

stream Smitten by Leanna Firestone

Chapter 13: You fell for it pussy fart

Summary:

The plot progresses and you are honestly just trying to get by, at least everything is over, right?

RIGHT????

 

still not good at summaries

Part 12

 

 

  A child zombie would not be a thing to expect when searching for herbs at your local pharmacy, but the things we saw in this world stopped surprising me a long time ago.  She spoke in a dull, soft tone, “Welcome to Bubu Pharmacy, I am Qiqi.”

  We had all gathered at Bubu Pharmacy in the search of some Everlasting fragrance. Everything needed for the Rite of Parting was nearly done. But of course, getting some greens wasn’t going to happen without having to venture out into the mountains and find something the child wanted. 

  “Cocogoat produce the tastiest milk,” the zombie child had her mind set on some mythical ‘Cocogoat’. Did such a thing exist? I do not know, but if it does, let me have a pint. Aether, Paimon, and Zhongli had gone out to find the mythical animal in exchange for some help acquiring some herbs without a prescription. Qiqi did not directly speak to me, but the fact she kept speaking now and then reassured me that she acknowledged me. She cleaned around the counter, standing to help any other customers, speaking of waiting for the milk she loved, her friends that she shared it with in the past. 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  When the group came back from the mountains, without a Cocogoat, Qiqi left everyone flabbergasted when we found out all she wanted was actually coconut milk but hadn't been able to remember the word of the fruit. 

  “Qiqi seems to have learned something new today, I apologise for the trouble,” a man showed up at the entrance. Baizhu, owner of the pharmacy with his snake Changsheng. And though we thought we could finally get some Everlasting fragrance, our pockets said otherwise. The green-haired man took his place behind the counter and listened to our request. 

  “Three million mora?!”, exclaimed Paimon after Baizhu named the price of the herbs, “What are we going to do? Crawl back to Childe?” 

 

  Yes.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

 With the economic help from Childe (after he laughed at us for about five minutes), we had placed the Everlasting fragrance in its appropriate location. The preparations for the ritual were finally over, after running around all of Li Yue and even some of Mondstadt. And out of the blue, Zhongli had invited us to dinner (with his own money! That was the real surprise.) 

  So at the scheduled time, we were enjoying our food at Third-Round Knockout. Well, more like Paimon and Zhongli were. Aether was discreetly passing me bits of food under the table to not weird the older man out. We were enjoying listening to the banter of the fairy and funeral parlor worker when she appeared. A messenger of the Qixing, an adepti by the looks of it, she appeared out of nowhere with a message. What was the message? I’m not quite sure, I was too busy being mesmerised by her, a glowing figure in the Li Yue night. ‘She looked important, I wonder if she could look at me.’

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~  

  “Lady Ningguang wants to see us! How exciting is that!” 

  The Travelling Trio was V.I.P. bound to the Jade Chamber, Ningguang’s Palace in the Sky that had been catching my eye the entire time we had been here. How exactly do we go up to the Jade Chamber? A way to the sky is what brought us to the Guizhong Ballista (Paimon thought it could shoot us up into the palace). Turns out, the whole walk was unnecessary. At the Guizhong Ballista, we squared up with some Millelith who thought we were trespassing, but one of the Qixing named Keqing stepped in to clear up the situation. Needless to say, super embarrassing. To make up for the time wasted, the group decided to bring Ningguang a gift, which led us to free a man captured by Treasure Hoarders, which happened to be the Mingxing Jewelry store’s owner’s uncle- so she let us have anything we wanted! What a series of events. 

  Yuehai Pavilion had a Jade Chamber guide, who took us up after Paimon recited a secret phrase Keqing had told us about. No railings on the floating platorm that transported people up and down? Maybe something to think about, Qixing. Walking around the palace, none of the valuables inside the gilded halls could compare to seeing Ningguang again. The woman was absolutely STUNNING! And quite intimidating. She strolled right up to greet her guests, “I have been waiting for you, returnees from Jueyun Karst.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Girlboss. That is the only word I can use to describe Ningguang after she gave us a tour of the Jade Chamber and even let us know that everyone at Wangshuu Inn works for her! GIRLBOSS! And this girlboss had a long talk with us (yes, US! She mentioned there being ‘three’ in our group) underneath the Li Yue moon. 

  Ningguang spoke to us about the Archon War, fought a long, long time ago and Rex Lapis was and will always be an important part of the city. She also indirectly mentioned the real threat to Li Yue, the Fatui. The way she worded her sentences sounded to me as if she wanted the Hero of Mondstadt, Aether, to do something about the problem before the Qixing did. And hey, if that was the case, it worked. 

  Inside the Palace in the Sky, I took notice of a special paper the Qixing had on a board. Paimon raved about how we could sell it for billions of mora, but the piece had information that seemed a bit too sussy. Of course the Fatui would try to trick us into thinking it was the Qixing that were up to something when in reality it was the other way around. Now why on Teyvat would the Fatui be researching Sigils of Permission? Something tells me it’s not just to learn about their history, so I suppose it’s up to the gang to find out why and stop their plans! 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~
 

  The sun was rising over Teyvat once again, but out and about we were to figure out what was really going on with this whole situation that had unfolded in Li Yue over the past two weeks or so. The information we had gathered marked multiple locations that had caught the Fatui's interest. In case there were tons of Fatui at the location we found out about up in the Jade Chamber, Aether and I decided to approach it from different locations, to not let them get away. 

 

  ‘I hope I only run into a Geochanter Bracer or something. Plus they’re kinda…you know… Um, anyways, FOCUS!’  Letting a chuckle escape me, I instantly regretted doing that. 

 

  “Someone seems to be having a good time,” Childe. 

 

  He was a few steps ahead of me, literally and figuratively. Though my heart was beating out of my chest and anxiety was streaming out of my brain now that we knew something about his organization's real intents and I was clearly here based on that information. I looked up at him and greeted him, “Oh, hey Childe, taking a stroll around?” 

 

  The Fatui smiled and pushed his hair back, “Yeah, I was just on my way back to the harbour. Care to join me?”

 

  ‘Did he just understand my words and respond?’ 

 

  “You can he-”

 

  “No, I can’t,” he answered my question before it fully formed, “but what kind of fatui harbinger would I be if I couldn’t read lips?” 

 

  We stared at each other for a moment, without any movement or words, until he asked, “I hate wasting time, so why not tell me what I want to know?” 

 

  “I think you already know what you ask for, the walls do have ears after all.” ‘What am I saying, I don’t know JUST KEEP TALKING.’

 

  Childe laughed, “Clever response, I must say. You really do intrigue me, (Name). Despite what Signora has said about you, I think you're quite fun. So, the question is, will you also try to smack me away?” 

 

  ‘How the frick am I supposed to defeat Fatui Harbinger, HELLO?? I don’t think he’ll let me go so easily though, might as well.’ I racked my brain for anything to do when a small, stupid plan formed in my mind. 

 

  And it began with me eating dirt. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiidee~°¤•

Paimon and Aether found many copies of Sigils of Permission, which is not a good sign knowing what the talismans were used for during the Archon War. They promised Zhongli they would meet up with him after their talks with Ningguang. Although that was a nighttime ago, the blonde had a feeling the consultant didn't have anything better to do than to lounge around and look at the scenery. 

 

  “(Name) hasn’t shown up, do you think something happened?” Traveller asked Paimon after waiting a few minutes for their third party member to appear before moving on with the information they had gathered during the search. 

 

  Paimon scratched her head, “(Name) probably just got lost or tired and went back to camp. Or even went to Dihua Marsh before us, we should get going!” 

 

  Following behind the flying fairy, Aether couldn’t help but feel a bit nervous about (Name)’s whereabouts. 

☆☆☆

Notes:

this chapter was made possible by Ao3 user: REC02 because wow i never thought i would get a comment like that LMAO, thank you <3
no literally, i saw that comment and immediately opened google docs nsdjcbsdjvb

anyways, ganyu haverrr. hopeful venti haver but probably not lol, but if i get guaranteed i'll save it for kazuha <33
two months and two weeks left of high school
even less left for my chilhood
TIME IS SCARY EWWWW

anyways, hope yall are doing good
the li yue arc is almost over which is good because this has SUCKED to write im sorry it was lame. i'll write about a story quest like before along with extra tiddlelibits and then pain and then ya know how it goes
thanks for reading and commenting!!!

GUYS THE TITLE IS A REFERENCE TO A TIKTOK AUDIO TOT

Chapter 14: Brush the dirt off the stone

Summary:

(Part 13)

Far, far away from the action. You do whatever you can as you run around with wet socks (Ew) but you live to see another day. another day another slay im so awful at summs

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiidee~°¤•

 

  Were Zhongli and Ganyu’s words interesting? Yes, he was glad he  got to speak with them and learn more about the archons. But the uneasiness the Traveller felt inside had moved past nervousness into anxious territory. It wasn't too late when the Traveller and Qixing uncovered the plans of the Fatui, Aether making a run for the location where the exuvia had allegedy been hidden. 

 

  The Golden House had mora galore, but the guards who were supposed to keep watch had all been knocked out and laid on the ground told him that the real treasure inside was probably already in the hands of someone. That someone standing across the main room, turning to meet his furious gaze. (Name) wasn’t here, but Aether would make sure to look for his friend after he quickly took care of this problem.

 

☆☆☆

 

  Dirt on my face, that was the first thing I felt when I regained consciousness. That and the massive pain I felt at the back of my head. ‘Geez, did he have to hit me that hard? ’ Another thing I felt was the fact that I was tied up to a tree. Nice. 

 

   ‘This guy is so ANNOYING!!!’

 

  Having enough hand range to materialise my weapon (glad I knew not to take it out before or else the ginger would’ve totally turned it into dust or something), I was able to break free, cutting the rope away, and took a look at my surroundings to locate myself. At the top of Mt. Tianheng, Li Yue Harbour had an eerie aura. Whatever is about to happen, seems like Childe wanted to give me the best viewing seat. 

 

  Thinking I could find Aether and Paimon, I used my glider to fly down to the harbour, but as soon as I touched ground, the wind began to speed up and the sky above darkened. The people all around had the same confused expression as mine, but with less fear on their faces. Immediately, citizens began to move on their own, helping others and seeking refuge. I couldn’t stand just…well, standing there! A rain had come with the dark clouds, I did my best to help however I could. Whether it was helping to close shop windows, chasing signs that had been blown away, or urging cats into random people’s homes- I really took notice of how the people of Li Yue simply took care of themselves. 

 

  Funnily enough, I did not know what the absolute frick was happening until I began helping some fishermen bring up their boats. And oh my jonies bologna, what the heck is that up above the ocean and the thing coming out of the ocean. A blast of colours and the roaring waters were all I could see, but for a reason, it calmed me down. 

 

  I kept standing at the docks, watching the events unfold before my eyes for minutes on end. There was no one in the streets beside a few Millelith securing things. The Jade Chamber flew high…until it didn’t. It happened so quickly, in a blink of an eye. A flash of yellow, the Palace no longer in the sky, an explosion with a tremendous shake. 

 

  The sky cleared up, the rain stopped, the waters slightly calmed down, and a ton of familiar figures flew out of the sky, down to the harbour, including them. I sighed in relief and leaned against the stonewall of the loading docks. 

 

  Adepti and humans seemed to exchange some serious words, Moon Carver at one point seemed as if he was seconds from pushing Ningguang off the pier, but soon they all dispersed. As the (mostly) humans walked past me on their way to the city, I swear Ningguang flashed me a smile. 

 

  It was just Aether and Paimon left on the pier. I walked over to not send them into fight mode by the sound of running. The looks on their faces when they turned and ran (and flew) up to me as I did to them was something I knew I would wish to relive every day for the rest of my life. But for now, embracing my bestest pals is all I needed and more. 

 

  “(Name)! You’re alive!” Exclaimed Paimon, who had managed to squeeze her way in between me and Aether.

 

  “What? Of course I am!” I couldn’t hold in my comments. The blonde chuckled and I felt his hold on us tighten. 

 

  “Of course you are.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Though I wish our hug could last forever, there were thousands more to come, but one little ginger needed a slap and an old man needed some talking to. Fortunately, or maybe, unfortunately, both men we were looking for were at the same place. 

 

  However, as soon as our eyes laid on a certain Signora, Number Eight of the Fatui Harbingers, our combined shock turned anger seemed to cancel out so that we did not act upon it. Plus Paimon’s talks of peace and whatnot. 

 

  Childe was the first to speak out of the two we were looking for, “Ha, if it isnt The Traveller and (Name), a bit awkward meeting after our previous interactions, wouldn’t you say?”

 

   ‘Breathe, (Name). Breathe…because you can literally never compete against someone like him, ouch.’ 

 

  Doing our best to not go crazy go stupid, Signora continued the conversation they were having before we had arrived, “Anyways, our agreement, Morax. We did our part, so if you would be so kind. Your gnosis, please.”

 

  Signora’s words made the strings in my mind finally connect, with an exaggerated gasp, “The statue!” 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  And so Zhongli (the Geo Archon) let us in on his ‘contract to end all contracts’ and while I see his point, why did he have to ignore me for the past week or however long it has been. From the beginning, the God of Geo had been in on the entire situation, from faking his death, planning his own funeral, and all of Childe's antics.

  

  Even so, the show must go on. And so it does at the Rite of Parting. Li Yue Harbour is back in shape as if an ancient god hadn’t just been summoned a few hours ago. Ningguang spoke of a new era in Li Yue, with strong, independent people that would be able to go on without their honoured God. Aether gained a new reputation as the Traveller who defeated the ancient god and with that came free money, food, and free ink and paper for missing people’s posters were to come. As the Rite of Parting came to an end, we spotted Zhongli near the edge of the terrace, gazing off into the harbour. 

 

  We took the opportunity to ask about our next destination: Inazuma… Only to find out Inazuma had closed off all borders and wasn’t letting anyone in or out. Fantastic. But of course, him being Zhongli, we got knees deep of information as to reasons and theories of what the Electro Archon’s purpose was for their actions. 

 

  “I suppose you’ll spend some time thinking of a way to get into the Land of Eternity, best of luck,” Zhongli composed himself to leave, but turned to me for a second, “I would like to sincerely apologise for not acknowledging your presence before, (Name). I do hope we can properly go out for dinner in the future.” 

 

   ‘Did a god just ask me o-’ “You did what you had to, I understand. See ya around!” I took the opportunity to leave with the others as soon as possible or risk saying something silly. Way to go, (Name), we'll have that old man chasing after us like that Ginger fatui soon enough!

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    When we teleported to our campsite, we were pleasantly surprised to not find an utter mess. The tent was neatly propped up and even the rocks for our campfire were in a nice circle. 

 

  Suddenly, Aether fell onto the ground causing Paimon and I to let out a small scream. I dropped down to check him. He didn’t move, but we could tell he was still breathing. After hauling him into the tent, we came to the conclusion that exhaustion had taken over his body that he knocked out the second it could. Fighting a bloodthirsty harbinger and then an ocean god all back to back is no easy feat, even for the Golden Traveller. 

 

  Brushing the dirt off his face, I couldn't help but feel sad. I try my best not to let my pity show, but it really is sad. Aether, the Golden Traveller, saviour of nations and he who stood up against the fatui. And what does he get in return? Some words and pamphlets that have done nothing, all he wants to do is find his family and go home. 

 

  Maybe that will change as we do our own search, I hope it will change. 

 

  Paimon had snuggled into her blanket over a corner of Aether’s sleeping bag and I also hopped over into mine, letting my own aching muscles and tiredness take over my body.

Notes:

LI YUE ARC IS OVERRRR HUZZAAAHHHHHH for my mind's sake
this was rushed, im sorry orz
updates might not be weekly, but now that li yue arc is over i'll try to update at least twice a month dvsjdvjsd
omg im gonna be an adult by the next update EW EW my bones orz

74 wishes in and no venti or c1 qiqi yet, we out here doing every quest sdcsd
thank you all for reading and commenting!!! see ya next update :)))

like 5 hours later: VENTI HAVERRR also thank you for 200 kudos!!!

Chapter 15: 500 Mora + Three Questions

Summary:

a small day-trip back to mond! im sure nothing important will happen

 

part 14

  It had been a few days since the last contract was fulfilled and Li Yue Harbour was busy as always. We, too, were back in business. No plan for how to get into Inazuma had been set, but that was not going to stop us from doing whatever we could on the mainland. 

 

  Katheryne from Mondstadt had summoned us to let us in on some special information. A blonde stranger dressed in odd clothes was the talk of the town. Though Katheryne reassured us that the stranger was a man and could not be Aether’s sister, Lumine, we decided to search for the man in question. 

 

After asking around to find his location, the Traveling Trio sat waiting at Angel’s Share, where the mysterious blonde, oddly dressed man was said to appear soon. As we waited, I thought about what extravagant outfit he could be wearing that makes everyone point it out. ‘ Is it flashy? Bright colours? Is it drippy?’

 

   °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Minutes past when Paimon pointed out a tall, blonde man who had walked into the tavern. Racing back downstairs, the group awkwardly stood behind him as he made no movement to acknowledge our presence.  

 

  “Um, Hello. I’m a traveller, and-” 

 

  “A traveller, huh? Why are you travelling?” The stranger finally spoke after Aether mentioned he was a traveller, and the man only turned to glance at us after he revealed the reason for his travels. 

 

  The man known as Dainsleif invited us to sit down and talk business with him. I couldn’t help but try to glance at every detail on his outfit. It really stood out in a place like Mondstadt, no wonder people brought it up. He seemed to take notice of my stares and asked, “Is something on your mind?”

 

   ‘Wow, this is very, how do you say in spanish, embarasante’

 

  Turning my gaze onto anything but him, I brought up the reason for us looking for him, “We wanted to know if you wanted to join us on an adventure.” Paimon tried to back me up by adding, “That’s true! We heard that-”

 

  But before they could finish, Dainsleif briefly agreed with a short, “Sure.” 

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Five hundred mora and three answered questions. That’s all Dainsleif wanted in return for joining us for the day. I would say that this kind of business transaction is a bit sussy , the blue eyed man seemed to have no secret motive behind his surprisingly cheap commission price. 

 

   What made it even more suspicious was him knowing all the events that we witnessed both in Mondstadt and Li Yue, especially Venti and Zhongli’s real identities. The eye-patched man ended his interview with Aether by comparing him to a ‘her’. ‘He really threw that out of nowhere and said nothing about it, huh?’

 

   We followed Dainsleif outside as he explained that he only took commissions regarding the Abyss Order and that the only thing he wanted to do was put a stop to them. ‘An Abyss Herald? There are more Abysmal creatures other than Abyss mages? And there might be one right where we’re headed? … Well we’ve (tried) to square up to the Fatui with delusions twice before, can’t be worse than that…… right?’

  

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Wandering about with Dainsleif really felt like a dream and reality smack at the same time. An ancient god had been summoned and nearly destroyed a nation just a few days ago, but now here was the Traveller who helped defeat Osial…pushing on a pull temple door. 

 

  The man dressed in celestial-themed clothes led us through the Temple of the Falcon, where he could, apparently, smell an Abyss Herald. I don’t know how long he has been following the Abyss that it has gotten to the point where he can sniff them out, but it is very impressive.

 

  When no Abyss Herald was found within the temple, Dainsleif was quick to move onto the next location.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    “Is Paimon the only one who is getting a bad feeling from Dainsleif?” 

 

  As we went around Wolvendom looking for traces of the Abyss, our white-haired friend decided to voice her concerns. They had made a side-comment about it back at Angel’s Share, but it seemed as if Paimon really wanted to know what we thought about our new acquaintance. 

 

  “I do think he’s a bit weird,” Aether revealed his thoughts, “but he seems to know a lot about…well, a lot of things, especially the Abyss. I think it is a good idea to stay on his side, for now at least.” 

 

  Having not much to add, I simply said, “Ditto.” 

 

‘I really do like the way he just glosses over things he mentions, though. It makes me want to know what he knows.’

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  The group did not manage to find the Abyss Herald Dainsleif had been hunting, even after running around most of Mondstadt. 

 

  Fighting abyss mages around the Old Mondstadt ruins brought a sense of nostalgia for a place that, in perspective, we had only been to a couple weeks ago. Throughout the day, Dainsleif had been referencing back to his old travelling partner, a fellow ‘she/her’, which brought Paimon to ask where they are and why the man travels alone now. 

 

  “Travelling is tiring…I suppose she got tired,” he seemed to think carefully about his words,” Once I wrap up some unfinished business, I too will return home to rest.” 

 

   ‘Leaving your travelling companion because she was tired? That is a valid excuse, despite the sadness of leaving your friend. But once he is done, he will also go 'home to rest.' I can't help but think of parallels...’

 

  While Paimon brought up the idea of us finding a place to settle once we find Lumine, something up in the rocky cliff sides seemed to catch Aether’s attention, he mumbled, “I sense a familiar presence…”and without saying anything else, took off to a nearby air source which would take us up to the hills. The blondes moved at a speed faster than mine, but at least Paimon stayed on my level. 

 

  At the top of one of the many forgotten paths, Aether slowly walked around, searching for the source of the familiar feeling. Though the scenery looked like plain old ruins, Aether and Dainsleif seemed to catch on to things I could not. Besides the somewhat recent ruin guard footprints, a sole dandelion patch seemed to catch the blue eyed man’s attention. Suddenly, the Golden Traveller seemed to focus on nothing but the plant. After slowly reaching out to it, he rapidly straightened up. Aether remained spaced out for only a moment before coming back down to Teyvat, saying, “I could feel my sister…when I touched the dandelion.” 

 

  Aether seemed to be thrown into a rush, his hand trembled and feet were slightly unsteady as he walked around. His gaze was unable to focus on one thing for too long as he suddenly just "had to get to the bottom of this." It felt awful seeing him so distraught, but Dainsleif smacked a bit of sense into him before I was able to calm him down. 

 

  “Do not rush,” the still mysterious man spoke, “vexation and anxiety are the enemy of rational thought. Now you know that she is still in this world. At the moment, the most important thing is the journey to find her itself, focus on that.” 

 

  “I will find her,” the Traveller stated, quick reply before continuing to take slow breaths. 

  “You will, I hold high hopes that you will find your kin..." the mysterious man stepped away from us as I walked up to Aether and put a comforting hand on his back. I could feel Dainsleif's eyes on us, but I was turned to my friend. The other man finished off, "Let us part ways for now-”

 

  Paimon interrupted, “Wha? You’re leaving already?” 

 

  Dainsleif, the mysterious man we found sitting alone at a tavern, turned to leave in a hurry, but did not go before saying, “Don’t worry, we will meet again. After all, I did take 500 mora…and those three answers you gave me.

Notes:

why does this look like nothing when it's more words than the research paper im doing right now ToT
irodori festival was DHUICBSDVHSBDNSKC kazuha lOOOREEEEE THE LOREEEEEEE
little over a month of high school left, geez thats terrifying but con las pilas si se puede ;p

happy earth day and day of silence!

Chapter 16: I think I found the place for us

Summary:

short chapter about serenitea pot idksjcs djvsd aaa

Part 15

  Back in Li Yue we were after our day with the mysterious Dainsleif. We returned to our campsite in the Land of the Geo. It would’ve been too tiring to pack up camp, only to come back and set it right up. Though I miss Mondstadt, there was still so much of Li Yue to explore, not to mention we could ask Zhongli about Lumine. 

 

  When we had come back to our campsite just outside the harbour, we found a letter from a Madame Ping, whom Aether and Paimon had met before, asking to come see her. 

 

  The elderly woman seemed to be waiting for us by a table in Yujin Terrance. She greeted my friends and then turned to me and held my hands together, “Oh, you must be (Name). It is so nice to meet you.” 

 

   ‘What do you mean ‘you must be’...have these two been talking about me? Oh gosh. Also she can see me? Does she have a vision? Is she an adeptus like Paimon said? A GOD?!’

 

  “Ah,” I tried to make a good first impression, “It’s a pleasure to meet you too, Madame Ping.” 

 

  Paimon brought up the note we received and asked if she had called for us to help her with something. The woman shook her head, “Oh no, children. You have done enough for us. In fact, a couple of friends and I have been putting our heads together to think of a present to thank you.” 

 

  Paimon jumped (in the air) at the mention of a present and Aether was quick to try and turn it down, but Madam Ping would not allow him to be so humble. 

 

  According to Madame Ping, back when we were collecting items for the Rite of Parting, my two friends had ventured into a magical ‘serenitea pot’ where Madame Ping kept a Cleansing Bell. During this venture, Paimon had mentioned that we camp out in the wild as we travel. This got Madame Ping thinking and she began working on something special for our group, but a few more materials were needed to have the finished product.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘That was a lot of legal stuff, but gosh, was it worth it.’

 

  A half adepti named Yanfei had been called upon by Madame Ping to gather the last supplies needed, but we had joined the legal adviser on her mission to find some rare Smaragdus Jadeite. A business contact had been flipped, turned around, and turned into an airplane, which is why it took us all day to find the bit of Jadeite Madame Ping needed. At least now we know a darn good legal adviser for when we get into trouble in Li Yue.

 

  But here we finally were, inside our own serenitea pot. 

 

  The horizon seemed to be unreachable, everything felt the same as it does in the outside world. There was a giant house and a realm spirit named Tubby who helped us move in. Not to speak for the trio, but we could not handle the fact we had this whole place for ourselves. Tons of space to decorate and run around in, along with rooms for each of us! 

 

  Paimon was the first to make her claim on a room upstairs, Aether took one of the bottom left of the house and I took one on the opposite side. Tubby held the blueprints for decorations which she could help us fabricate after we collected tons of wood, silk, and dyes from the outside world (Teyvat Deforestation is a go). If it wasn’t for Tubby, we would probably be here for days just trying to figure out how to turn mint into blue dye.  

 

  When nightfall came, the trio had taken down the campsite by the waypoint and had semi hidden the teapot nearby, in case someone thought there was just a random teapot out in the mountains. (No honestly, what would happen if someone just randomly took the teapot and us with it.) 

 

  For the first time in probably forever (honestly, how long has it been, I should count) we changed into comfortable clothes and said our goodnights as we went into our individual rooms. It had been a long day, I couldn’t wait to close my eyes and dream my not dreams. 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  I can’t sleep. 

 

  The actual mattress I’m sleeping on for the first time in forever (I think it has been like five months, no?) is the most comfortable thing in the world, my clothes are comfortable, the environment is quiet, so why do I fail to fall asleep? It’s not a headache, I’ve stopped having those for a while now (thank the archons) and it’s not hunger because Aether made some Mondstadt pizza for dinner and I had two whole slices!

 

  Wrapping myself in a blanket, I put on my slippers and quietly headed out the room, maybe some water will help? 

 

  But instead of finding water, I found Aether pacing around the open common area we had yet to decorate. I will admit, seeing him made me jump a bit. The noise my door made must have snapped him out of whatever trance he was in and the blonde stared at me before calling out, “(Name)? You’re still awake?” 

 

  I nodded, “Yeah, I can’t sleep-”

  “-Can’t sleep?”

  “PAIMON CAN’T SLEEP!!!!!!”

 

  …well then. Paimon had flown out of their room upstairs to join Aether in finishing my sentence. One look between the three of us in the moonlit common space communicated the real reason for us being awake, though. 

 

  We felt lonely without each other. 

 

  Thanks to Paimon’s loud declaration, a burst of energy was sent forth that brought all three of us to move into my room, which was the smallest on the bottom floor. With beds on opposite walls and a hammock for Paimon in between. The Travelling Trio finally managed to get some rest in their new home, all to themselves.  

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Over the next few days, we made this place our own. We had a whole room dedicated to our journey so far where we kept presents people have given us along with a library with books I’ve collected along the way. Paimon enjoyed setting up a kitchen area and tried to sneakily hide snacks where only they could reach them. 

 

  My favourite part was decorating our room. It was very simple, yet cozy, with photographs we’ve taken with our kamera hung on the walls. Here we also planned to discuss our next travel plans, including how to sneak our way into Inazuma. It was definitely an upgrade from our old tent and sleeping bags. 

 

  The serenitea pot realm was VAST. Farther away, I could see other platforms that Tubby said we could also use however we wanted to. Plant a garden, build our own small town, run across the grass barefoot. It was all ours. It was all real. And it all made me feel at home. A place to settle down...even if this place, is really no place at all. 

 

 

Notes:

sorry i didnt upload last month but like i wanted to add pictures of my serenitea pot AND I CANT EVEN DO THAT UBVDJVN AAAAA
graduation is next week omfg

next chapter will be longer i swear mostly cause ive already written it, I WAS WAITING FOR THE SERENITEA POT ALL MONTH
also yes the title is a ricky montgomery ref because whenever i hear 'Cabo' i think of this story idkw

Chapter 17: An invisible friend to watch over you

Summary:

The gang gets tasked with babysitting a foreign kid for lots of mora so who are they to complain

(Part 16)

The Travelling Trio ™ was coming back from exploring the landscape of Tianqiu Valley, the puzzle we found there almost made me cry, when we found the Millelith walking around due to oddly high ruin guard activity. Seeing as we had nothing else to do for the rest of the day, and me low-key wanting to kick some ruin guard butt, we offered to take care of some of the robots that were nearby. 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “I’ve never seen one this close! Have you?” 

 

  Following ruin guard footprints led us to a shutdown machine…and a little boy in winter clothes jumping in front of it. 

 

  The boy’s name was Teucer who had come alone from Snezhnaya to see his brother who apparently worked as a travelling merchant. From these simple facts, my brain began making inferences. 

 

   ‘Okay. Going off of appearance, this kid really reminds me of Childe. But he said his brother sells toys, which is on a whole other scale of what that guy does. Maybe his brother is one of those snobby merchants by the harbour? But what kind of merchant sells toy ruin guards and calls them ‘Mr. Cyclops'?’

 

  Northland Bank, said Aether after he seemed to pick up the same vibe, would be a good place to look for Teucer’s brother, especially with his bag full of so so much mora. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  As we walked towards Li Yue Harbour, the Snezhnayan boy seemed to catch onto something out of the ordinary -me. 

 

  “Hey, mister?” The boy called out to Aether as we moved, “How long have you had your invisible friend? Right that they never leave? Even when you’re older?”

 

  Stopping in our tracks, we all collectively turned towards the boy, who was gesturing my way. He had not made any glances or comments about me before, so it was surprising he brought it up in..a way like this. Paimon asked, “You can see (Name)?” 

  

  Teucer shook his head, “No, but I can see their shadow! I didn’t know someone invisible could still have a shadow, it’s cool!” I reached out to pat him on the head, which he took (and I meant) as a thanks. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   ‘Oh, he really is Childe’s brother-’

 

  Brothers reunited at Northland Bank and we got to see a side of the fatui harbinger we had not seen before, it was kind of nice. But as much as we wanted to fight each other (I remember Paimon telling me about how Aether had had a big fight against Childe while I was tied up to a tree) we had to spare the innocence of little Teucer. 

 

  Our pockets were full with the amount of mora Childe gave us to basically babysit Teucer while he was off ‘selling toys’. And MAN, I forgot how bad Aether and Paimon are with bargaining. 

 

  First, we introduced Teucer to kites from Granny Shan’s toy shop. The boy asked for a custom ‘Mr. Cyclops’ themed one and well, who were to refuse, especially since we were using his brother’s money. Next, the group decided to introduce the Snezhnayan to Wanmin Restaurant’s signature dishes -but his specific diet was upheld as Chef Mao lost a bit of his soul that day (how do the spiceless survive). Teucer then had a run around the wharf, before getting a bit too antsy about wanting to see his brother again. 

 

  Something told me Paimon was not accustomed to being around small children because as soon as Teucer began to cry, our white-haired friend pulled on our hair, begging us to take Teucer wherever his brother was just to get him to calm down. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    I did not know exactly what the fatui man had gone out to do, but when we found him standing before some treasure hoarders -I knew we had made a bad move by bringing Teucer here. The boy jumped towards his brother, “You’re selling toys to them , right? I’ve always wanted to watch you work!” 

 

  Childe’s skin seemed to get paler than it already is as he instantly stopped whatever he was about to do and turned to catch his brother, “Uh- yes! Of course, um. For I am..the greatest toy salesman in Snezhnaya!” 

 

   ‘Gosh, this is so embarrassing.’  

 

  As the second-hand embarrassment had yet to leave, the baby and his sitters stood off to the side while the ‘salesman’ had to carefully use his words to tell the treasure hoarders why he was really there. The situation did not get any better when one of Childe’s subordinates showed up to tell him he needed to go ‘baptise’ some new recruits. 

 

  Though I tried to cover his ears, Teucer could tell his brother could not hang out with him. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Childe seems to really care for his brother but ditches him once again, it’s a bit sad.” 

 

  As everyone left, the Travelling Trio ™ and the snezhnayan boy stood on the hill, thinking about what to do next. Paimon and Aether chatted off to the side while I kept my eye on Teucer, but for the second I looked down to scratch my leg, he was gone! 

 

  I saw him running down the hill, down the same path his brother had gone, and tried to yell out after him, “TEUCER!! TEUCER COME BACK!!!!” 

 

  ‘IDIOT, HE CAN’T HEAR YOU!oh right’  

 

  My commotion grabbed the attention of my two pals and soon we were racing after the boy. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Childe was not the best at acting (in front of his brother and the fatui) but it was enough to convince the young lad. The brothers made a deal (a contract, if you must?) that Teucer would go back home after Childe took him to the Institute of Toy Research. 

 

  Now, I know what you’re thinking because we share a single braincell, but what the heck is the Institute of Toy Research? 

 

  When we arrived before a very sketchy looking place that sounded like what I assume a factory sounds like, the tall ginger explained to the trio that this was a ruin guard research facility mostly used by one of his comrades, a so-called Dottore. ‘Used’ also meaning in the past tense, for Childe assumes the odd amount of ruin guards just wandering around is due to Dottore getting bored and leaving them unattended. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Teucer, I’m going to need you to stay right there for a hot second, alright? Stay away from the witch-rays!”

 

  No venture into a new place was without its trouble. Once inside the ‘Institute of Toy Research’, we were separated from Teucer after he ran off to get a look at all of the ‘Mr. Cyclops’ that were laying around. Though he wouldn’t show it, Childe’s voice hinted at the desperation and anxiety he felt to get back to his brother. It made me feel a bit bad. 

 

  Making our way through the institute as fast as we could, Teucer managed to avoid getting hurt and surprisingly, so did I. But of course, we couldn’t get out of here so easily. Seriously, what is wrong with this Dottore guy?!

 

  “Hey Teucer, how about some hide and seek?” Childe brought up the game to his brother after glancing at the room in front of us. A giant room full of Ruin Guards, waiting for any sign to jump up and attack, perhaps. I suppose the harbinger thought he would quickly take all the robots down, as Aether and I stayed behind to watch over the boy as he counted, but more and more Ruin Guards began showing up, and Childe had no other option in order to protect his brother. 

 

   ‘Tartaglia, so this is his ‘other form’ Paimon had told me about. It really is…a bit scary.’

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    “Brotheeeer, where are youuuu?” After the dust settled, Childe was nowhere to be found. I followed Teucer around the destroyed ruin guards as Aether and Paimon had run off to find the harbinger. 

 

  The boy looked around, but was really distracted by the robots. I was stopping him from climbing onto one when the Traveller and fairy returned with the news that Childe had to leave and that it was time for Teucer to go back home. After having a…nice…tour of the ‘Institute of Toy Research’, Teucer obliged and we had a slow walk back to the harbour. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Who are you? My brother tells me to never go with strangers!” At Northland Bank, one of the employees had been tasked with taking Teucer back to Snezhnaya. 

 

  Paimon had a question regarding the boy’s statement, “But you’ve been following us around all day?”

 

  Teucer laughed, “Yeah, but that’s because I already knew who you were. My brother wrote a letter telling us ALL about you, and Mister Nice Guy and your Invisible Friend!” 

 

  “Woah woah woah, he’s been writing about us? Fan behaviour…” 

 

  We pinky promised to meet again and the freckled child was on his merry way. His brother had been watching from the sidelines, looking more pale than he already was (again).

 

  The harbinger and I have had our clash, but after today, I'm glad I got to see another side of him that I briefly saw before. Though the Travelling Trio ™ still wants to square up again, we appreciate the invitation to visit his family in Snezhnaya. 

 

  Dang, Snezhnaya, I wonder how long it will be until we get to the snowy land.

Notes:

ap scores put me in a good mood so it's a tuesday upload yaaay
i want to get my hands on kazuha and heizou so bad, if anyone is in asia server hmu

aaaa, next update will be a tad strangeee,,, but i hope yall kinda get what i mean and have been seeing the clues for a while uvherv its not something big so dont worry if you havent lol

thanks for reading!! almost at 6k hits wtf ToT

Chapter 18: Hay Fever Season, what a relief

Summary:

just a normal day and not so normal night? but who knows, might it become the new norm?

Part 17

  “Do you need some water? Wet towel?”


  “Would you like to sit down? You don’t have to go if you don’t want to.”  

   “Guys, I’m fine, really!” 

  The Travelling Trio ™ was in the serenitea pot realm where Aether and Paimon had been keeping me from leaving for the past two days. Why? Well…it’s not an exciting story. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  About a week ago, Aether asked if I would like to join him on a picnic on the outskirts of Qingce Village. When Paimon heard about this, she offered to make all the food and have a show, which we were curious about so we went along with the flow. 

 

  The weather in Li Yue had gotten warmer, which was a nice change. Flowers were in bloom, the wind was a flowing and I felt great! The picnic went by well, Paimon had put a lot of effort into creating dishes Aether and I had never tried! The sugar tart could’ve used a lot less...uh…sugar, though. 

 

  The show Paimon had planned was a one-Paimon play, a story of romance and tragedy! At least that’s what I got out of it, it was still fun to watch. 

 

  As Aether and I sat on a log by the waypoint, a strong wind came in just as I was taking a deep breath. With it, the wind brought along lots of greens and flowers from the village fields. And you know what greens and flowers have? Pollen. Anemo Archon, what did I ever to do you

 

  It started with sneezing, then running nose, itchy eyes, weakening body, and well, utter doom. Well, impending doom is what it feels like whenever you’re sick like that, no? Dramatic one day, completely chill the next. 

 

  I spent two full days in bed as Aether and Paimon watched over me. Aether even made me some of the same soup he had given me on the day we met, still tastes just as good. 

 

  Lots of soup, some herbal remedies, and sleep later -I was feeling better again. Though Paimon had told Aether it was just a strong case of hay fever, the blonde was still uneasy about me going back out- maybe because this was the first time I have ever gotten sick. But after two days of reassuring him and the fairy, I was out and about again!

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    After a whole day of restocking our food supply, gathering building materials, and helping a scholar from Sumeru -the trio was ready to hit the hay. Nothing seemed out of the ordinary, Like always, we bid our goodnight and turned off the lights. The black void where I spend my ‘dreaming time’ welcomed me once again tonight. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    I’m still in the void. This is strange, though. It feels like I am actually awake within the void and aware of the time that passes by. Usually, I lay around without a thought in mind until it’s the next day, but tonight is different. 

 

  Walking around, the void was actually…wel.l..a void. It felt endless and I didn’t know which way was which -which, I guess, wouldn't matter in a dark void. It is terrifying not knowing what you’re walking through and when whatever you’re walking on will end. 

 

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiidee~°¤•

 

  (Name) isn’t up yet, which would be completely normal, if Paimon had not woken up before her. That NEVER happens. Aether tried not to seem creepy as he gazed over his friend’s sleeping form. (Name) seemed to be in a deep sleep. Maybe she was really tired? Or is it something else? 

 

  Whatever it was, he was starting to get worried. The man would go out and ask someone for help, but he  also did not want to leave (Name) alone with Paimon (Paimon playing doctor as they freak out is not a good idea). 

 

  As Paimon and Aether tried whatever could to wake up their friend, the outlander couldn’t help but think back to the day when he and (Name) met. It was kind of like their current situation: him trying to wake up the strange woman that had mysteriously been laying by the shore when he woke up one morning. 

 

   ‘It’s been a while since that day.’

 

☆☆☆ 

  Running. I was running through the dark void with no goal in sight. I was growing tired of the void. I want light, I want to wake up, I want to eat breakfast made by Aether, I want to see Paimon eat five servings of it, I want to go out and run around Teyvat, I want to be…not alone here. 

 

  I felt something change around me that halted my steps. As I looked around, I noticed light coming out of the ground. Picking up the pace once again, I did not stop in time to avoid falling through the apparent hole. 

 

  I fell and fell and fell in what looked like the sky from the outside world, falling right towards the ground. Screaming would help me calm down, but it would not help the fact that I was FALLING RIGHT TOWARDS THE GROUND!!!!

 

   A thud was the only sound I heard after I shut my eyes but opened them a few seconds later. I was safe on the ground, in what looked like an endless field with a path. Trying to figure out what the heck was happening, the sound of footsteps coming from behind scared me. 

 

   I jumped up and quickly turned around

  -but woke up before I saw who was behind me.

 

  I was in my bed, there was a single candle lighting the room as it was nighttime. Aether had fallen asleep on a chair next to my bed and Paimon laid on top of a pillow on the edge. 

 

  After spending what I assumed was all day in bed, I carefully got out and tucked my friends into bed before going to sit outside.

 

  Well, outside-outside. Our serenitea pot was still hidden in the bushes at the entrance of Qingce Village. 

 

  I don’t know what the fukc just happened. 

 

  But I’m kinda glad it did.

Notes:

ayooo guess who was in a good mood and decided to upload this
i told yall it would be a tad odd, i'll leave what this was kinda meant to be at the end
kazuha and heizou my loves they are home orz life is ok

uhhhaAAA idk what else to say, next chapter will be a chapter before a chapter chapter that will be totally fun and :)

 

THANK YOU SO SO MUCH FOR READING i honestly still cant believe people actually read and enjoy my neutral aether simp adventures :p

chapter explanation kind of?? unless you wanna theorize lmao:
-i dont remember when i had this dream, it was quite a while ago
-i think its meant to signify the world slowly accepting (Name)? if that makes sense?
-getting sick, having dreams/nightmares -all things someone normally does right? well now you can too i guess??
something will happen later and i'll probably also explain what i think it means idk I SHOULD KNOW BUT I DONT SJBDVJBS but let me know if yall think of something else

Chapter 19: Time Flies

Summary:

Part 18 :]

  When I awoke, Aether and Paimon had already gone out. The day prior, the blonde mentioned something about exploring around Wuwang Hill in search of some treasure. I passed on joining them, wanting to do my own exploring of the Minlin region. 

 

  “My bag is going to be nothing but juyun chilis and berries by the time I get back.” 

 

  I walked around for half an hour, sure that I wouldn’t run into anyone all the way out here. But to my surprise, what I believed to be a mirage turned out to be the hair of Secretary Ganyu, who I had not seen since the Rite of Parting. 

 

  She must’ve sensed me watching, more like staring, because I saw her periwinkle eyes meet mine.  Ganyu’s eyes laid on me for a while, then she turned her head for a bit before deciding to approach me. ‘She seems to be troubled…why is she coming this way-’

 

  “Good day, esteemed [Name], I hope you have been well.”

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The half-adepti invited me to join her for a walk, and of course, I did not let the offer pass. 

 

  We walked around, Ganyu sharing stories about the scenery and making casual conversation. Was I nervous? Of course! I’m in the presence of Ganyu! One of the hardest workers in Li Yue, possibly Teyvat as far as I know. I felt nervous, but also concerned, for the adepti’s choice of words in her questions was beginning to stand out. 

 

  “There is something unique about you, [Name],” spoke the Yuehai Pavilion Secretary, “your physical self can only be seen by a select few…I wonder why.” ‘I wish I knew, too ’

 

  Ganyu halted and gazed up at the sky, “Do you ever feel out of place? Like you don’t belong…?”

 

   ‘Miss Ganyu please-’

 

  The adepti seemed to regret her words and tried to take them back, but I reassured her that I was in no way offended, “I haven’t had anyone ask me that question, I’m kind of glad someone has. I…I do feel out of place at times, well, most times- but whenever I have those thoughts, I focus on what I have in front of me and all around. All of the things I have done, I have seen, and all of the friends I have made. This world is full of mystery and surprises I can’t wait to discover. That kind of beats feeling sorry for myself.” 

 

  At the end of my mini speech, the blue haired woman simply smiled and thanked me for my response, her smile,,, Good thing there was no one home when I went back so I got to scream into the endless realm. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    Hours passed as I lounged around when my partners in justice and crime came to fetch me. 

 

  Apparently, they had gotten caught up in the dealings of a ghost with unfinished business and the head of the Wangsheng Funeral Parlour was helping the young spirit be at peace. 

 

  Why did my friends come for me? Well, the Wangsheng Director had mentioned going to a place that is in between life and death, an ‘ordinary place’, and Aether thought I might like to see it, so off we went. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Guys…I’m pretty sure we’re walking around in circles…” 

 

  The same spider came into view for the fourth time as we made our way to the place between realms. We were accompanied by the Wangsheng Funeral Parlour Director, Hu Tao, who I was surprised to see was so young. One of her workers was the one that seemed to start this whole ordeal, so he was there too. 

 

  The young director laughed when Aether seemed to realize we were going in circles and decided to finally lead us towards the secret realm. She certainly likes to have fun and watch others lose their mind. 

 

  It was a very calm place, the real in between. I had not taken notice of the ghost child that had been with us until we got there, after I noticed all the other ghosts that seemed to be waiting or just lounging around. 

 

  While the ghost and his friend went off on their own, Aether pulled me towards Hu Tao to properly introduce ourselves. 

 

  “Oh, Traveller, this place is pretty neat, eh?” Director Hu asked when she saw him coming over. 

 

  The blonde agreed with a nod before directing her attention towards me, “This is (Name), the one I told you about.” I waved my hand and tried to make eye contact with her vibrant eyes, but the director seemed to…look right through me. 

 

  “Ah, right,” said Hu Tao, “Hope you are enjoying this place, not everyone can come in here ya know.” 

 

  I laughed, turning to the blonde to relay a message of thanks to the one before us. 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   Aether seemed bummed on the way back to our serenitea pot hideout. 

 

  After we said our goodbyes to Hu Tao and company, I managed to ask him what was up while Paimon was in her starry void. 

 

  He put his hand on the back of his head, probably in embarrassment, as he spoke, “When I heard about it, I thought that maybe…they would be able to see you.”

 

  “Aether…,” my heart ached at his reason for letting me tag along, “you had good motives and I still enjoyed being around Hu Tao, she’s quite the character.” 

 

  That got a chuckle out of him, putting a smile back on his face, which made me smile, too. 

 

  We found a place to hide our teapot and called it a night. 

 

   ‘Such a sweet intention the blonde had’ , I thought to myself as I laid in bed, ‘Is there even a reason for why half the people we interact with can’t see me? Archons can, adepti can, but Fatui can too with some flaws...But what about Glory in Mondstadt? Albedo and Kaeya, too. Does it even matter as long as I’m enjoying life, Hu Tao would agree, no? Agh, not really the time to be thinking about all this. ’ 

 

  I reflected on the conversation I had with Ganyu and the words of Hu Tao when the small ghost was finally at peace as I ,myself, slumbered away for the night. 

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  My feet felt cold, that’s the main reason why I woke up, the second was because someone was shaking my shoulders ever so slightly. The curtains in the room were probably open because the light from outside was the first thing I noticed. 

 

  “Sorry to wake you up, (Name)” 

 

  The voice of my blonde friend made me blink a couple of times to make the drowsiness go away, “Hm? Aether? Is something wrong?” 

 

  As I sat up, my celestially assigned chef presented the special breakfast he had made for me. It was a nicely arranged tray with my favourite morning meal. The aroma was enough to make my mouth water, but the sudden action confused me, so I asked, “Wait, what’s all this for?” 

 

  The blonde smiled, “Can’t I do something nice for my friend?” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Around lunch time, Paimon wanted us to go out to the beach to have a seaside picnic with fresh fish. We aren’t ones to turn down good ideas. 

 

  The weather in the Mondstadt oceanside was nice -no way we were going to go to the sandy shores of Li Yue where an electro-cicin mages always wandered around. Paimon was off in her little world, talking about how delicious the fish would be. While I sat on a boulder to fish with a rod, Aether went knee-deep in to fish using my polearm -it really is good for catching fish. 

 

  We kept our eyes out for about two hours, but managed to catch only a few fish. The blonde was roasting said fish while I continued to keep eye out -I had a feeling I would get a good catch soon. 

 

  “Nothing yet?” 

 

  I turned my head to see Aether come up and take a seat beside me. Shaking my head, I replied, “Nope, but something is coming. I can feel it.” 

 

  He laughed in a self-deprecating tone, “Heh, this isn’t how I planned this day to go.” 

 

  “Huh?” I raised an eyebrow, “What do you mean?”

 

  “Oh-” The Traveller couldn’t hide his intentions any longer, “guess the cats out of the bag.”

 

  The blonde went on to explain that everything they had done so far, from the breakfast to the trip to the beach, had been planned by him (and Paimon helped a bit). He sighed, “I was hoping we would catch a bunch of fish to finish the day with a good meal. Just something to celebrate how long it's been since we met…” 

 

   ‘Celebrate…how long it’s been? How long has it been?’

 

  Using my one braincell, I managed to put two and two together, “Wait, it's been a year already?” 

 

  “Ding ding ding!”

 

  I turned towards the water, “No way it’s been a year. A year, a whole year!? 

 

  While I was busy contemplating the concept of time, I didn’t notice the line moving until Aether yelled, “Something caught on!” 

 

  “Oh!” I reeled in the line but whatever we had caught was not going down without a fight. Paimon heard the commotion and shouted, “It’s the big one!” 

 

  Aether got up to help me pull the catch in. We struggled back and forth until the giant fish jumped into the air. Paimon, miraculously, managed to catch it before it fell back in while the laws of force and motion sent me and Aether flying backwards. 

 

  My soaked shoes made me laugh, “It’s been a whole year of wet socks, huh?” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  As the big catch cooked, the trio played around in the water and watched the sun go down. The salty, savoury scent of the fish as it grilled a few steps away was enough to get my mouth watering. The water felt slightly cooler as the sun disappeared. Seeing the sun sink beyond the horizon made me a tad sad, I didn’t want this day to end. 

Notes:

HAPPY ANNIVERSARY YALL!!! I CANT BELIEVE ITS BEEN A YEAR
I started this fic because i love aether a bit too much and also i had just gotten surgery and was stuck in bed so hey "lets start a fanfic right before school start, what could go wrong" and now I leave for uni in less than a month wtf ToT

i truly thank every single one of you who has read and kept up with whatever this is (honestly, what even is this at this point) and to everyone who has left a comment, I get so happy when I see the email notification ToT. thank you for reading thus far! let's see how long it keeps going lol

the anniversary part was a last minute add in when I realized it had been a year haha

Chapter 20: If you forgot,

Notes:

TW: mention of d34d body, poorly written descriptions of high adrenaline for a bit

(Part 19)

 

  It all started when we were going to pick up our daily commissions from Katheryne in Li Yue. That's where we met with Ganyu and Lan, who were discussing a big-scheme by some treasure hoarders involving the Abyss. Of course, the Travelling Trio ™  had to get involved and stop the treasure hoarders from messing with the wrong group.  

 

  There were some ruins to the north of Mt. Aozang where the supposed ‘Grand Thief’ from Fontaine was seen. What Ganyu had mentioned moments ago stuck with me as we walked, “Anything relating to the Abyss makes me wonder if there is unknown danger lurking beneath the surface.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Why does it feel stranger and stranger the deeper we walk into these ruins?” Paimon’s concern was the same as mine. There was something off about this place: there were not many monsters, signs of life but none to be seen, and an unnerving sensation that got stronger as we reached a grand room. 

 

  A statue of the anemo archon was hanging upside down, a purple vortex swirling and twitching between the hands of Barbatos. Someone else was there, kneeling before the statue. This person, who we assumed to be the Grand Thief, was not moving and did not show signs of breathing. 

 

  Upon further inspection, we concluded he was dead. 

 

  “We should report back to Ganyu and the Guild,” I tried to hold myself together and not suffocate in the air created by the purple orb. Paimon held her head in pain and gasped when the ground shook, purple liquid gurgling out of the cracks. 

 

  The Travelling Trio headed for a way out, trying not to end up in giant bubbles of doom ,and as we were about to get out -something seemed to be waiting for us at the exit. 

 

  “You cannot spy on the secrets of the Abyss,” the being over nine feet tall spoke. 

 

  Maybe it was the fact this Abysmal creature was not going to let us through without a fight, maybe it was suffocating air, maybe it was the fact I just saw a dead body, maybe it was all those reasons -whatever the reason, my heart could not stop racing and I felt it was going to come out of my mouth. 

 

  Aether and I tried to do what we always do, a game of cat, mouse, and dog (the dog being Aether, the cat being whatever we were fighting, and the mouse being me, of course). I tried to gear this Abyss Herald’s attention my way, but as his name suggested, they were not just random hillichurls. He played one v. two, but being who he was, the Golden Traveller was able to quickly unarm the abyss being, without much of my help. 

 

  The Abyss Herald said he recognized the blonde’s power and referred to him as ‘the one’ before opening a portal and leaving through it before Aether got a chance to finish him off. 

 

  As soon as he was gone, I took the opportunity to kneel down and hold my head as an excruciating pain rushed through it.

 

  For the first time in a while, I had a headache. 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The Travelling Trio ™ rushed out the ruins, hoping it was the cause of the headaches. Seeing a familiar face outside certainly did help ease the pain. 

 

  Dainsleif stood outside the ruins, disappointed he had missed the Abyss Herald once again. We were glad to see him and explained everything we witnessed inside of the ruins. 

 

The group agreed that the Abyss Herald must still be nearby ,so we set off to find any traces of it. Along the way, we ran into Abyss Mages that seemed to be searching for something “not ordinary”, as Dainsleif said. Truth bombs were also dropped along the way. 

 

  “The Abyss and ruin guards both originate from the nation that was destroyed 500 years ago -Khaenri’ah, it is no coincidence they are both active around here.” 

 

   ‘What?! ’

  “What?!” Paimon’s words came straight out of my mind, “they’re all that’s left from the destroyed nation?” 

 

   Probably seeing my stunned look, Paimon turned to her companions to try and explain what Khaenri’ah was, when Aether interrupted her by saying, “ I know about Khaenri’ah…I have memories of it.” 

 

  ‘. ..What??! ’ 

 

  Aether proceeded to tell Dainsleif something he hadn’t even told Paimon nor me, about before he encountered the unknown god. It seems that before they were separated, Aether’s sister, Lumine, had woken up from a sleep they were in. Lumine then woke Aether up to tell him of Khaenri’ah’s fall and that they should leave, cue the unknown god. 

 

  “So all the books we’ve collected and you said were useless…you were trying to find information about Khaenri’ah, right? Information to find your sister?” 

 

  The blonde gave us a sad smile, “Though I only know the name, it’s the second most promising thing I have.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The sun shone high above the sky in Li Yue as Dainsleif told us all about Khaenri’ah. Its history, its people, and its demise. A godless nation destroyed by gods. 

 

  As we searched on, more was revealed about an operation being carried out by the Abyss Order. A plan to mechanize the Vortex god, Osial, with the help of the eye of the very first ruin guard -or field tiller (still trying to wrap my brain around that and all of this). 

 

  We had to find more answers and the first eye before the abyss got its hands on it, so off to Mondstadt we went after not finding anything in Li Yue. 

 

  At the Cathedral in the Land of Wind and Wine, Deaconess Barbara greeted the Honorary Knight and let us in on tales of old. There had been a Statue of the Seven that disappeared a long time ago, never to be found. These stories were helpful, but a surprise entrance by Sister Rosaria gave us more relevant information. 

 

  After relaying the information to Dainsleif, we headed to the Wolvendom area where Rosaria said the Knights of Favonius were dealing with an unusual amount of Abyss Mage activity. The Abyss Order was most likely trying to get information from Lupus Boraes, the ancient spirit that watched over the area, to gain something against the Anemo Archon. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  We arrived in Boreas’ domain not a second too late. The Abyss Herald had immobolized Boreas and the trio found a boy by the name of Razor there as well, trying to protect his guardian. The boy mentioned, after Aether kicked abyss butt once again,  that Lupus Boraes “never refuses trial, but scary outside…not respect trial rules.” 

 

  The Wolf of the North took the time to tell us of an old challenger, whom’s description reminded us of something Barbara had told us. A long time ago, a machine had wandered into Wolvendom and the Wolf mistook it for a challenger. During their trial, the machine got severely damaged and went north. This machine would spin, jump, and shoot fireballs -just as Barbara had described an old event known as the ‘Tyrant’s Final Fury’.

 

  “North…So, it’s off to Stormterror’s Lair and comb the entire area,” Dainsleif was ready to take on the search all by himself if he had to, until the Traveller made a comment which Paimon caught onto. 

 

  “No need to search the entire area, Paimon, too, remembers! An abandoned ruin guard at the top of the tower, that must be it!”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Just as Paimon had mentioned, an ancient ruin guard had motionless at the top of Decarabian’s Tower and had what we were looking for. After an agreement to have Dainsleif hold onto the eye, we decided to go back to the ruins in Li Yue to have him look at what we saw and take care of the Abyss Herald at last.

 

  Aether must’ve noticed I was falling behind as he slowed down to chat, “Head still hurting?”

 

  “You have no idea,” I laughed knowing damn well I had been doing an awful job at trying to suck in the pain. 

 

  Paimon appeared out of her void and hugged my head, “Don’t worry, (Name), we’ll kick some abyss butt and head home to eat delicious soup!” 

 

  “If by ‘delicious’ you mean single cabbage soup, we need to gather more vegetables because I know you’ve been snacking on them for a few days now.” 

 

  Paimon’s audible gasp made me burst out laughing (I swear, Paimon is like a mouse eating food at night). And for a second, it felt like we weren’t hunting down a strong abysmal figure after witnessing disturbing things. It felt like any other day with my two best friends. 

Notes:

oh? whats this?

im kinda speeding through writing inazuma rn because by the time i would normaly finish, fontaine would probably already be out
this fic kinda serves as a reminder or what happens so dbvsjvbbej
also i have notes written of what happen when i had these dreams but i've added somethings so i've gone off-track on the pace bhvfjvjb

uhhh yeah, when i upload the next part i'll be in a new continent for school THATS SO COOL SVJSDJ i'll post it when i get over the jetlag

idk what else to write, sumeru story was really interesting and the music and food is great
also i've started saving for scaramouche even though im two years behind LOL

Chapter 21: then it wasn’t important

Summary:

Part20

 “Time to silence you!” 

 

  My brain did not have time to communicate before my body started moving on its own accord. The Abyss Herald had shown up once again inside the dilapidated ruins, just as Dainsleif had predicted, and now I was moving the fastest I had ever moved in my life. 

 

  Paimon and I tried to distract and deal with the…less relevant enemies that had appeared while the blondes dealt with the main course. ‘Gosh what are they feeding them in the abyss, D-DID THIS GUY JUST SPIN DIAGONALLY?!’ 

 

  “Come on, (Name), we almost have him, Paimon can feel it!” 

 

  Compared to the blondes, I was an ant in the rainforest -which meant I quickly flung across the room when I charged at the herald. The whole room seemed to spin as I watched Aether jump and hit what would’ve been a clean blow if the Abyss Herald hadn't blocked it before beginning to retreat. 

 

  Out of the corner of my eye, I could see Dainsleif was not about to let that happen. While Aether rushed over to me and Paimon, the mysterious man used whatever power he had to hold the Abyss Herald back. 

 

  In the blink of an eye, we saw Dainsleif jump back after a flash of light and an impact had emerged from below his feet. 

 

  The cause of said force stood mere steps across from us and suddenly, my headache was gone. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “LUMINE!” 

 

  The world I had come to know stood still as a reunion took place in this remote corner of Teyvat. A reunion of siblings and memories. 

 

   ‘I remember now. How could I forget? Mondstadt, Li Yue… When did I forget the fact I knew about all this? The fact this is a game, that I don’t belong here.’

 

  So many questions ran rampant in my mind and I, the only one who could respond, had no answers. 

 

  I could not move, I didn’t dare to. I simply watched the scene go down, just as I had seen it in the past through a screen. 

 

  “We…we need to get out of here, it’s dangerous,” Aether took a small step forward, his body language saying he was surprised, relieved, desperate, and confused all at the same time. 

 

  Paimon placed her hand on his shoulder, “Your sister…she just blocked an attack against the Abyss Herald. Does that mean…?”

 

  “Aether, why are you with Dain?” Lumine’s voice was calm, crisp, and light. 

 

  I watched as Lumine explained her work- her war with destiny. How Dainsleif failed to protect Khaenri’ah and was cursed to roam for 500 years, how he was now an enemy of the Abyss Order that she led. 

 

  “S-Stop saying things that don’t make sense, let’s go home!” Pleaded the twin brother, but the sister seemed to brush over his cry and locked eyes with me, instead. 

 

  “You,” she addressed me, “what have you revealed?” 

 

  My frozen state only allowed my mouth to move before I could even come up with a good enough response, “Nothing…n-nothing at all.” 

 

  The golden eyes that matched her brother’s moved from me to him as she continued her speech. 

  

  “Listen to me, Aether,” Lumine faced her brother one last time, “I have already travelled his world once. Once you reach the end of your journey, just as I did, you shall see the true nature of this world.” 

 

  The Abyss Herald that had been protected by Lumine opened a portal behind them as the twin bid her farewell, “We’ll meet again. Though I need not rush, brother -I have more than enough time to wait for you.” 

 

  Step by step, Aether rushed after his sister as she turned to leave.

 

  “We have always had enough time.”

 

  Though he raced, he was not fast enough to run after Lumine as Dainsleif had been. The gateway vanished and from where I hadn’t moved an inch, Aether stood on the other side of the room. 

 

  He looked around the room before his eyes landed on me, just as his sister’s had. 

 

  I didn’t know what to say. Hell, what COULD I even say after all of that.

 

  Aether slowly walked up to me and in a frighteningly quiet tone, questioned, “Why did she ask you that?”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  I spilled it all, every single thing I could remember. From the unknown god, to meeting the adepti, and this reunion -I let him in on the fact I knew this was all to come. It was weird explaining to him where I come from that this world is nothing but a video game, I could not even explain to him how I got here for I don’t even know! 

 

  I tried to let him know that I had forgotten. That, in my most sincere tone, I had truly forgotten about my life before he woke me up on that beach all those months ago. My memories about my actual life were hazy and distant, I said. That for months after that day, I had no recollection of what was to come, what had come, or what we were doing at the moment. 

 

  I don’t think he will believe me and if I was him, I wouldn’t either. I had the audacity to cry and spill the most absurd things he has probably ever heard and expect him to forgive me? Me? What am I even doing here? An anomaly in this reality.

 

  Even if he did believe me, I wouldn’t know. For at the end of my sob story, Aether gazed into my eyes and seemed to hesitate whether to hug or run from me. He struggled between his movements as he dug his hands into his hair in confusion and frustration. 

 

  I tried to comfort the blonde, but immediately knew I had no right to do that now. He took a step back, “No…just, agh!” 

 

  Aether fell to his knees as tears rushed down his face. Paimon’s befuddled eyes lingered on me before she disappeared into their void. I took this as a hint to also leave him alone, the one thing I hadn’t planned on doing.

 

  This was it, I could feel it. I had hurt my best friend, I didn’t have the gall to stand around any longer, so I hastily made my way out of the quiet ruins.

Notes:

im in europe bihes yaaaaaaaa >>::)))

aah i feel like this part sucked but thats what happened and i cant make anything else up lol

omg scaramouche,, dottore, CYNO, AAAAAAA
KAZUHA CADILLAC COLLAB MY HEART
i dont know if i mentioned this hee but i preordered that aether figure LMAO certified simp

uni starts in a week, I hope it doesnt change the pacing of me uploading

finally to answer a comment left in the last chapter by ao3 user Dia22 which said: "How long did the mc played genshin? Why does it seems like y/n doesn't remember anything?"

well this fic is based on my cringe daydreams but i had it so MC was isekaied right before stepping foot in inazuma. for the second question which is why i didnt answer this as soon as I saw it: MC doesn't really remember what life was like before being isekaid, besides the fact she played genshin, so after a whole year of going on wacky adventures i feel like I too would forget that i've already seen things. plus, when i forget things, my head starts to hurt idk if that happens to anyone else too

doing routine things is normal, i'd think doing different things everyday would make it easy to forget that old routine after months. idk im bad at explaining aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

anyways, currently writing about meeting teppei :")
also i'll be editing past chapters because i have no beta reader and even when i reread something ten times i still miss things vbhjfvjbbv

THANKS FOR READING SORRY THESE ARE LONG NOTES

ALSO ALSO THANK YOU FOR 300 KUDOS OMG THAT WAS A GOAL OF MINE THIS YEAR 😭😭😭❣️

Chapter 22: Maybe with you it’s okay

Summary:

part 21

  After I left the ruins in Li Yue, I took some time to be alone, as well. 

 

  With adrenaline and tears pumping, I did not get far and stopped to rest on the outskirts of Qingste Village. 

 

   ‘What was I to do now? I know I would end up crawling back to Aether (they always come crawling back), but what if he doesn’t want that? What of Paimon’s thoughts on all this?’  

 

  I sat alone with my thoughts for the rest of the day until my grumbling stomach snapped me out of my head. 

 

  For the next few days, it was just me versus the world that did not even know I existed. Camping outside, silently sitting while fishing, lots of reflecting on every action I have ever done. 

 

  No teleporting, no teapot, no nothing. Just me, myself…and I.. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  A week later, I found myself back in Mondstadt. 

 

  How had I managed to survive a week alone? Not even I, the Archons, nor the forces that brought me here knew. 

 

  I felt…sick. But, the emotional type. I missed my friends more than I could ever express, but I insisted on giving Aether more time to be alone with his thoughts and feelings. At least, that’s what I would want if I were in that situation… I think. 

 

  When I walked past Dawn Winery, it seemed to be busy as people rushed in, out and all around. I found a place to rest at the nearby Statue of the Seven, where I found someone that seemed to be waiting for me. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  None other than Mondstadt’s favourite bard sat underneath a tree by the statue and raised his head to meet me. 

 

  “A small breeze told me I would see you here.”

 

  Venti gestured for me to sit next to him. Seeing him sent a wave of nostalgia through me though it had only been months since we last saw him. I sat besides him- and once I did, it was as if the floodgates opened. I did not even care if my sentences were comprehensible or if anything I explained made sense, I had to get these feelings off my chest. 

 

  As I vented and tried to communicate via human words the events of the past few days, the bard sat and listened. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  At the end of my rant, Venti handed me a handkerchief to clean up my face and said, “That is quite the situation.”

 

  I tried not to really reveal too much, but with him being a god and all -he probably already knew all of this. 

 

“The bond between you and the Traveller is strong, that is for sure,” the bard went on, “it is not one that can be severed that easily. Secrets can be kept to prevent harm, but they must be revealed at some point. Though the plan is to stay by his side, it was a good idea to give him some time after all that. At the end of the day, it is the Traveller’s choice, no?” 

 

  When he saw I nodded in agreement, his expression changed to a more cheerful one, “Have some hope and believe that everything will turn out alright, this is not the time to be moping around the Land of Wind and Wine!” 

 

  “What do you mean? Is something happening? I saw all of Dawn Winery busy at work,” I could tell the bard was trying to cheer me up and didn’t want his efforts to be in vain. 

 

  Venti stood up and extended his hand out to me, smiling, “I’m sure you already know.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Woah…” 

 

  The people of Mondstadt were livelier than usual. There were people rushing down the streets, others putting up banners, and flowers were everywhere. 

 

  “The Windblume Festival is starting in a few days, now how’s that for a change in mood, huh?” 

 

  Venti spent the afternoon showing me around the city as people put up decorations and chatted about their excitement. He also gave me a brief summary of what the event was about though he was right before -I do already know. 

 

  We ended the day at Angel’s Share -of course- as the bard offered to buy me one (1) drink. 

 

  “So,” Venti asked after finishing his first (1st) glass, “will you be joining us for this year’s Windblume festivities?” 

 

  I couldn’t help but waver at his question, “...It does seem lively and fun, but…I just don’t know, I will think about it.” 

 

  The bard smiled and continued his drinks for the night as we chatted and caught up on what we’ve been up to. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  For the next two days, I spent my time helping the people of Mondstadt behind the scenes. Dusting off banners, setting up stands, anything to get my mind off of the impending (emotional) doom that would be Aether’s words the next time we met. 

 

  I did not know that time would be so soon, though.

 

  Bucket in hand, I was crouched around Windrise, picking up some Windwheel Asters I had overheard little Flora say she needed. I had not seen Venti all day, but did see Bennett and Razor walking around the area -it was fun to see them interact. 

 

  While I minded my business admiring the decorations around the Statue of the Seven (the church really popped off with these), I noticed the statue began emitting a light that signified someone was using it to teleport. Thinking it was the two vision-wielding boys from earlier, I did not pay attention to it until those who appeared were not who I expected.

  “We’ve been all over Li Yue and she was not there, should we ask the Tone-Deaf Bard?”
 

  “We don’t need to ask, I know she’s he-” 

 

  The bucket fell out of my hands, knocking the flowers out in the process. 

 

  My mind and body did not have time to communicate before I was rushing towards the blonde that had just appeared. He was faster, and stronger, than me which led to me nearly being crushed in his arms as we collided into a hug. 

 

  We stood still for about a minute until I felt his hold on me was getting a bit too tight and started to gasp for air. 

 

  “A-Aether, my lu-lungs!”

 

  “No, j-just…” his grip relaxed a bit, “just let us stay for a bit longer.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  We sat on the grass underneath the giant tree after a much needed hug. Paimon had given us some alone time, the rustling of the leaves serving as the only noise until Aether spoke up, “I waited for you in the serenitea pot all night, I did not know what to do when you never showed up…” 

 

  “I figured you gave me some time alone to think and I surely did,” He let out a self-deprecating laugh. 

 

  The blonde spoke of his confusion understanding everything I told him, saying how he had many emotions that mixed all at once and fogged his mind. 

 

  “In all our time together, I never got the impression you were here to cause harm. I always wondered why there was such a mysterious aura about you, but I knew I would never be able to come up with the answer on my own.” 

 

  He sat up, facing me without letting go of eye contact, “I will never understand your origin, but I think I understand your reason for hiding it…I…I would like to keep having you by my side, despite that.”

 

  I placed a hand on his cheek, dark eyebags with red undertones let me know he had not slept in days. 

 

  “You…still want me around? Even after I held back the truth?” 

 

  Aether lightly chuckled and took hold of my hands, “We’re all characters in some game, so what? Shouldn’t change anything about what has already happened, no? I doubt you being tied to a tree by a Fatui Harbinger was part of the game experience.”

 

  “Tha-” I was taken by surprise over his lighthearted tone,“Y-yeah…you’re right.  It- It’s an honour to continue to be your travelling partner.” 

 

  The blonde closed his eyes and smiled. For a second, I thought he was leaning in for another hug but got a bit freaked out when his body just fell forward. 

 

  Snores I had come to know gradually appeared. ‘This poor dumb dumb, has he really not slept?’

 

  “Hey, Paimon was- Oh! Finally!” Paimon appeared out of her void and cheered when they saw the man limping in my arms. 

 

  Paimon spent time talking about her side of the past week as they used the flowers I had gathered earlier to place them onto Aether’s hair. When they were done, Paimon sighed and went to rest on top of my head, “Paimon is glad you’re back, (Name). The trio is back…”

 

  

Notes:

yall really didnt think this would turn angsty now did yall? I DONT DO ANGST except that one albedo thing moving on-

AAA IM EXCITED FOR THE NEXT TWO CHAPTERS EEE guess who you cant hahah omg teeheehee but they will wait for a tiny itty bitty because assignments and such im totally not procrastinating rn by posting this

uhhh what else what else
cyno haver yes yes, i want c1 albedo but also scara lol pain

uuummmmm idk what else to write here dfjvdjf

THANK YOU FOR READING AS ALWAYS IT MEANS A BUNCH TOT <3

Chapter 23: The voice in the wind lives!

Summary:

part 22

 “So…what’s with all these flowers?”

 

  The Travelling Trio ™, once reunited, stayed in Mondstadt to celebrate their Windblume Festival. It was a week filled with fun activities and arguments over what the true Windblume was. 

 

  We spent most of the time with Venti, listening to poems he had helped others write. It was an overall pleasant time with its dose of adventures, of course. Something to get us back in the swing of things.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  When the festival was over and we were wondering what to do next, Inazuma popped into our minds. 

 

  “Ah, right!” Paimon exclaimed while we ate lunch, “We still need to find a way to get in!” 

 

   ‘Oh, that’s right, the shogun is gatekeeping. I don’t think it’s as easy as getting on a boat? If only we knew someone from-’

 

  “Atsuko from the harbour, she’s from Inazuma, no?” Aether was the first to mention the name of the one on my mind. 

 

  Paimon nodded, “True! We could ask her how she managed to leave!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “The story is quite messy…” 

 

  Atsuko told us the story of how she had miraculously left Inazuma, along with giving us some information about how their government works. She really tried to convince us that it was too difficult, but after willingly trying to throw hands with a fatui harbinger (twice), I don’t think a little rain and some laws are as scary. 

 

  The woman advised us to seek the help of Captain Beidou and the Crux Fleet, the fearless sea navigators. Knowing their reputation, they could possibly smuggle us into Inazuma. We (and by ‘we’ I mean Aether) simply had to convince the Captain of doing us this teensy, weensy favour. Easy, no?

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  After climbing to the top of Guyun Stone Forest and gliding down onto the ship’s deck, the trio was able to speak to Captain Beidou, who was accompanied by someone. 

 

   ‘Oh, this guy is from Inazuma, right?. He has an anemo vision… Ugh, why do anemo men have such pretty faces.’

 

  “Hmm? What do we have here? Wait…I know you, you’re that Traveller,” the Captain of the Crux Fleet turned to greet the newcomers, “Ningguang has told me all about you, getting praise from her must mean you are truly impressive. It’s good to meet you and this floating thing.” 

 

  Our white haired friend got upset over the Captain’s words, “It’s Paimon! Not floating thing!”

 

  “Paimon, what a fascinating being,” the man next to Beidou spoke for the first time, his voice sending shivers down my spine,” You two give off not only the essence of wind and earth, but also..yes..of the stars. Along with another mysterious one…” 

 

  Paimon scratched their head, “That’s a weird compliment.” 

 

  The man laughed, “Pay it no heed. I mean only to say that I am certain that…it is by fate, not chance alone, that we should meet…and that gives our encounter meaning.” 

 

  Captain Beidou laughed and introduced him to us, “This young man is a temporary addition to my crew, Kaedehara Kazuha. Occasionally, he opens his mouth and flowers come out instead of words.” 

 

  After a little back and forth, Beidou mentioned something about a clash. The Crux Clash, she explained, is a martial arts tournament where renowned, visionless fighters can show off what they’ve got. We also learned that every tournament holds a prize at the end, and this year, the grand prize is a masterless vision.

 

  “Supplied by myself. If the tournament champion can reawaken that vision…it belongs to them,” the poetic wanderer added. 

 

  He and the Captain proceeded to explain how a vision becomes masterless and their theories on what could happen even after the old wielder dies. 

 

  “We have no interest in a vision, though. We just want a way to get to Inazuma,” Paimon revealed the motives for our arrival. 

 

  Kazuha’s eyebrows slightly furrowed, “You want…to go there?” 

 

  Beidou, in the meantime, lit up, “Inazuma? Why didn’t you say so? In that case, I’ll give you two options if you win The Clash: a masterless vision or a trip aboard the Crux to Inazuma.”

 

  Aether immediately agreed, a tone of confidence in his abilities intrigued Beidou all the more. 

 

   ‘Well played, Captain Beidou, well played.’  

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The Traveller ™ and his goons headed over to Guyun Stone Forest to sign up for The Clash and scope out the competition while we’re at it. 

 

  Aether caused a slight commotion when he was registering, a group of people flocked around the registrar's table as the woman behind the desk had a starstruck moment. Paimon looked round at the people gathering and turned to look at Aether with a smug look on her face, they sure love the attention sometimes. 

 

  The registration was complete after a brief word over the prize and soon, it was time to begin!

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Paimon and I found a spot to watch Aether from as the first round began. We had made a plan to be the loudest in the crowd, but the fight was over before we got a chance to show our team spirit. ‘A common Traveller win, if I do say so myself.’

 

  The blonde walked over to us as Beidou and Kazuha also approached, the Captain cheering, “Ha! I knew I was right to introduce you as the favourite, that ended in the blink of an eye! What did you think, Kazuha?” 

 

  Kazuha held a pensive look, “Impressive, but I also observed our favourite exercise some restraint, as if to protect the opponent from serious harm.” 

 

  “Oh, come on,” Captain Beidou playfully patted his back, “we know you’ve got a wide vocabulary, can’t you spare a word or two to congratulate our up-and-coming champion?” 

 

  “Alright, let me think how to aptly phrase these words of praise,” Kazuha gently smiled at Aether, “...You fought well.” 

 

  We were all expecting a bouquet of flowers to come out of his mouth, which made me laugh a bit at how simple yet meaningful his words were. For a moment, Kazuha’s eyes slightly glanced in my direction, only to have his attention redirected when Beidou spoke again. 

 

  It was only for a moment, but I was sure of it. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Beidou knew that most of the competitors were a bunch of chumps compared to the Traveller ™ and decided to have Aether skip a few rounds and go straight to the semi-finals. We stood around the arena, seeing as all sorts of different people fought against each other to see who would be the one to face off against Li Yue’s Hero. 

 

  When his opponent had been decided, Aether nonchalantly stepped into the fighting ground, ‘I wonder if all these words of praise are going straight to his head.’  

 

  This thought made me laugh, forgetting who I was standing next to. 

 

  Once again, as a reaction to my laughter, Kazuha turned towards the source before returning to his chat with Beidou as they watched Aether fight. 

 

  The opponent, ‘Dark Horse’ as they called him, seemed like a real challenge. His punches seemed strong, but nothing Aether couldn’t dodge and retaliate with. If I was remembering correctly -my memories had rushed in all at once so they were all over the place- during the Clash, the Traveller used their trusty dull blade. 

 

  But here was Aether, using nothing but his gloved fists. ‘It’s kinda hot- ’

 

  The sudden thought made me clear my throat, the sound of which provoked the same reaction from Kazuha as before. 

 

   ‘I don’t know why, but I feel almost…embarrassed? As if he can hear me. But he shouldn’t be able to, right? I need to keep quiet for now. ’

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    When the fight was over, Aether was declared the winner and exchanged pleasantries with the Dark Horse before walking towards the group waiting for him outside the ring. 

 

  “You gave an outstanding performance,” Kazuha praised the Traveller, “Truly commendable.”

 

  Beidou, too, gave her share of praise and gave us information about what type of opponent would be seen in the final round, “Just because he’s the last one doesn’t necessarily mean he’s the strongest. The guy you’ll be facing…his strength lies in his speed.”

 

  “Doesn’t matter who it is, we’ll proceed and get to Inazuma.”

 

  Upon hearing this statement, Kazuha spoke, “If that is the case, I have a proposal.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Hang on!” Beidou raised an eyebrow, “Don’t you think you’re bending the rules there?”

 

  The wandering samurai from Inazuma had mentioned giving the blonde a few hints about the last competitor, saying that, “Gathering intelligence is an essential part of any duel. You must know your enemy.” 

 

  “Besides,” he continued, “our favourite here has fought many battles on their journey from Mondstadt. Such impressive feats require more than just bravery alone.”  

 

  Paimon laughed, “Haha, that ri- Wait, we never told you we’ve been to Mondstadt!”

 

  The poet explained that, “ as you travel, nature leaves its traces upon you.”

 

  “However,” he continued, “there is only so much that can be discerned from these traces. I sense that many things about you elude me still… These are the things I am curious to know.”

 

   ‘Oh, so he’s into Aether-’  

 

  Before the next battle began, Kazuha asked to speak in private while Beidou went around speaking with everyone who had come out to watch and participate.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The man from Inazuma had us follow him to a quieter area to talk as he cut right to the chase, “You are skilled in manipulating the elements. And not just a single element, but multiple. Is that correct?”

 

  “Aha! Paimon knew you were hinting at something from the moment we met!”

 

  The white-haired man said that his reason for not bringing it up before was to avoid ‘unwanted misunderstandings’. When asked how he could tell Aether was holding back, he chuckled, “Heh, when I talk about that which I see or hear in you, this is not poetic symbolism at play. I mean these things in the truest sense possible.” 

 

  “I hear the breath of the wind and the whispers of the leaves,” Kazuha continued, “It is things of this nature that I also hear from within you, along with the wind’s voice that accompanies you.” 

 

  The last thing made the trio raise an eyebrow, Paimon asked, “The wind’s voice?” 

 

  The samurai nodded, “The wind will often whisper to me and I follow where it leads, but I have to admit this is the first time I have heard this tone coming from the wind, it makes me wonder if there are others.”

 

  “The tone of the wind? …Did Kazuha inhale something he wasn't supposed to?” I unconsciously blurted out, producing a laugh from Paimon and Aether who did his best to hold it in. 

 

  Kazuha’s cheeks lightly flushed, “I can assure you my mind is clear at the moment.” 

 

  “W-WAIT,” Paimon shouted in surprise, “You heard that!?” 

 

  The Trio stared at the poet in shock as he replied, “Of course, why would I not?”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    The Travelling Trio ™ took a few minutes to explain to Kazuha my situation, so he wouldn’t continue thinking I’m a voice in the wind (or even the Anemo Archon laughing out loud). 

 

  Kazuha was still holding my hand, which I had held out to prove I was there, as he spoke, “Incredible, of all the things I have experienced -this is definitely one of the most interesting ones.” 

 

  His hand was more calloused than I expected, it was beginning to feel embarrassing having him holding my hand but he soon carefully let go. 

 

  The Inazuman stepped back to get a good look at (two-thirds of) the group in front of him, “Your group is made up of very interesting individuals.” 

Notes:

HAPPY BIRTHDAY TO THE ONE THE ONLY KAEDEHARA KAZUHA (GENSHIN IMPACT) AAAAA i KNew i had to upload this on his birthday hay fever isnt gonna stop me HAHA aaa idk what else to say

c1 albedo have, saving for scara and yea

THANKS FOR READING! the trio is nearly on the road again :)

Chapter 24: Sailing towards the unknown together

Summary:

Part 23

  In exchange for information on the next opponent, the poet from Inazuma wanted to see how Aether fought using elemental abilities. This situation gave me deja vu to when we met a certain alchemist in Dragonspine. Both pretty men, too, damn. 

 

 When that was done, Kazuha told us more about his homeland and his thoughts on the matter regarding the Vision Hunt Decree set by the Electro Archon. From his perspective, Raiden Shogun really did sound more like a tyrant as Paimon had said. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The group had gotten distracted with all the flattery and talk of Inazuma had we had nearly forgotten about the tournament. We ran back as fast as we could, but from the look on Beidou’s face, the one who was supposed to face off against Aether in the final round was not here yet.

 

  Captain Beidou went on to introduce Aether to the crowd, but the other guy still had not shown. Something seemed weird about the sudden no-show, which led Kazuha to ask Beidou to check on the prize. Which- lo’ and behold- was missing from its box. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Kazuha had noticed the moment the vision was taken but waited to stop the culprit. The samurai, with the help of the wind, led us to the exact spot where the culprit had run off to - the thief being none other than the guy Aether was supposed to face off. 

 

  Though we gave the treasure hoarder the chance to leave the vision and go, he got tired of talking and decided to fight after Kazuha had made some pretty head-turning ‘threats’ (what does Beidou teach them onboard?). When he left, the samurai held the vision shell and explained that he had only pulled the hairs of the treasure hoarder to see if his ambition would lead to reawakening the vision. 

  

  At last, Aether tried to reawaken the vision, but the shell from Inazuma lay still and empty in his hand. 

 

  “The vision doesn’t seem to respond,” Kazuha was clearly disappointed, “I see…you are also unable to rekindle the Vision.”

 

  He stood in thought for a while before turning to me, “Would you mind giving it a go?” 

 

  “Me?” I questioned in surprise, “I- I don’t want to disappoint.” 

 

  The man from Inazuma shook his head as he held out the vision shell for me to take, “No worries, it doesn’t hurt to give it a try.” 

 

  I held the shell in my hand for a second before I got hit by an odd feeling, or well, multiple feelings. 

 

  “(Name)? What’s wrong?” Paimon hovered over me, which got the attention of Kazuha. 

 

  “Is something the matter?” He glanced down at the shell, which had remained the same. 

 

  “I just,” I racked my brain to find the words to describe this sudden feeling, “When I hold it, I feel a sense of elation and relief, with a hint of melancholy…all very, very distant.” 

 

   The samurai looked at the shell in thought after I gave it back, “Is that so…?” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    The wandering samurai shared with us the story behind the empty shell, that of his old friend’s. And after that, we went back to Guyun Stone Forest to find that the tournament had gotten out of hand and Ningguang wanted to see Beidou in her office (oo someone’s in trouble). 

 

  “Guess that means we’re off to Inazuma?” Paimon sighed as one box in our to-do list had been checked off. 

 

  “I intend to embark on a journey of my own. I will travel all across the vast lands of Li Yue, in hope of finding a way to reawaken the vision,” Kazuha said, “May both our journeys prove meaningful.”

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

    Captain Beidou said it would take around a month to get provisions and set a voyage for Inazuma. So, the Travelling Trio spent a month running around Li Yue, collecting our own supplies and honing our skills. 

 

  And as promised, a month later, one of the Crux members -Drake- came to fetch us in the harbour, saying the crew was ready to set sail. Beidou greeted Aether and Paimon once we boarded and then, it was an immediate anchors aweigh!. 

 

  The grand ship shook and the crew moved all throughout to see everything went smoothly as we departed from Guyun Stone Forest. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Gazing out at the horizon, I didn’t notice someone came to stand next to me until he spoke up, “Even when surrounded by water, it’s important to stay hydrated.” 

 

  The sudden voice made me jump as I turned to see Kazuha holding a glass of water towards me.

 

  “Tha- Wait, how did you find me?” I took the glass of water from his hands and took a sip. 

 

  Kazuha chuckled, “Heh, the wind guided me…I also overheard your laughter a few moments ago.” 

 

   ‘Dammit I need to stop laughing at every funny cloud I see.’

 

  A sigh escaped my lips, “I still can’t believe you can hear me…”

 

  “I hear the voices of all things in nature,” the samurai smiled, “and that includes yours.” 

 

  Even if he couldn’t see, his comment made me smile back.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  We chatted for a bit before someone called for Kazuha to “quit talking to yourself and come help us!”

 

  The white-haired man took away the now empty glass and as he walked away, a more familiar man waved as he got closer, “Beidou said we’re approaching the storm barrier, we should go down to the lower decks in a bit.” 

 

  Aether took hold of my hand and looked out at the clear seas, before the waters got wild, and closed his eyes to breathe in the salty air. 

 

  I don’t want to use the words clingy or overprotective, but Aether had most certainly kept a closer eye on me since that day we reunited. Making sure I didn’t trip on any rocks or roots, always there when I woke up, not letting me stray too far when exploring. I didn’t say anything about it because it’s not a big deal, but it still made me feel a bit bad. ‘Which brings something else up…’

 

  “Does it make you uncomfortable?” His question snapped me out of my daze and I realized I had been looking down at our hands, “Oh, no, it’s not that. Um...” 

 

  Aether waited for me to gather the right words as I spoke, “About what I know, regarding this journey -I suppose. Uh, all my knowledge ends here.” 

 

  I took a second to clear my throat before I continued, “What happens once we set foot at the docks, I know not. The secrets of Inazuma are unknown to me. I hope…I hope we can figure them out together.” 

 

  The golden traveller held my hand tighter and gave me a toothy grin, “Of course we will.”

Notes:

and that concludes our intermission between li yue and inazuma! woo!!!

that line kazuha told (Name) is one of my favourite kazuha lines, i knew I had to include it when i heard the english translation ToT
i had a presentation today and i think it went well so i uploaded!

I might not upload again this month to work ahead some more but I do have chapters ready to go so maybe at the end, no promises!

just want to plug my tiktok (@ notbeylinine) and twitter (@beylinine) because i've been having a heikazugorou brainrot so if you're into that do give my stuff a look ;)

THANK YOU ALL SO SO SOOOO MUCH FOR READING, IT TRULY MEANS A LOT TO ME <3

Chapter 25: Papers, Please!

Summary:

Part 24

   Okay, maybe that storm shouldn’t have been taken lightly. As the sailors did their job, the Travelling Trio waited in the lower decks for most of the way to Inazuma. 

 

  Day and night, for who knows how long, the raging waters would shake the grand ship as if trying to push it away from where it came from. With the stories told by the crew at dinner time, I was confident that with Captain Beidou at the lead, nothing would go horribly wrong. But that didn’t stop the fear from creeping in from time to time. The thunder booming, the waves crashing against the ship- not to mention the motion would get to me at times. 

 

  Lightning would strike to close for comfort, too. It was always unexpected, of course, and I couldn’t help but jump whenever it hit. Most sailors seemed used to all this, except Kazuha. He would come down to the cabins, drenched in water and hand over his chest before quickly disappearing into his private quarters.  I would catch him staring out a porthole before lightning even hit outside. The violet colour of the lighting would reflect on his scarlet eyes, which seemed to focus on something that was far, far away. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

.

  When I awoke one day, the ship was no longer violently shaking. The scent in the air I had come to learn told me Kazuha was on kitchen duty, probably the reason why Paimon wasn’t still asleep either. 

 

  “Aw, If you had slept any longer, Paimon could’ve claimed your portion of food.”

 

  Our floating friend expressed her disappointment when I walked into the mess hall. A few minutes later, Aether joined us and told us that we had made it out of the storm early in the morning and would be docking in another hour or so. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  At the pier, a trading partner Beidou knew was waiting to greet us. The Captain introduced him as Thoma, who apparently knew the ins and outs of Ritou. 

 

  Once Beidou left to avoid getting caught with a fugitive on board, Thoma took us to an inspector. 

 

  “State your name, identity, and purpose of your visit. Please also provide the information requested and declare any goods you are carrying.” 

 

   ‘Eh? Information requested?’

 

  The Trio gave each other a confused look, but Thoma apparently had Aether and Paimon’s entry papers and handed them over after getting a good laugh at their confused expressions (good thing no one can see me so far, would I be something declared at customs? Haha). 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Residency processing fee will be two million Mora.”

 

    ‘Excuse me?! Last time I checked, Mora doesn’t rain out of the sky!’

 

  The next inspector Aether and Paimon had to see was in charge of Outlander Affairs and was ready to squeeze every single Mora we had until Thoma’s handsome face seemed to work as a major discount coupon. 

 

  Thoma told us many things about Inazuma, especially Ritou. But more important than that, he said he knew of a way to get a hold of an audience with the Raiden Shogun. In return, Aether had to help others -those in the International Trade Association. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  For the rest of the day, we spent our time in Ritou trying to stop a monopoly on something called ‘Crystal Marrow’ from a recent Tax Decree that was really hurting the pockets of outlanders on the island. Tracking merchants and sneaky Kanjou Commission officers, and of course -Thoma had an ace up his sleeve to help out, too. 

 

  This ace was his real position as attendant to a ‘Shirasagi Himegimi’, or White Heron Princess, of the Yashiro Commision that was apparently more powerful than the Kanjou Commission of Ritou. 

 

   ‘Hmm,’ I thought as my eyes landed on Thoma’s pyro vision ‘Isn’t there a Vision Hunt Decree right now? This man is pretty bold for wearing his out in the open. Maybe it’s because he’s part of this Yashiro Commission? ’

 

   I thought it pretty odd how the man mentioned he had spent the past month developing connections in Ritou before meeting us. But when he revealed Kamisato's intentions, it was made clear why. 

 

   ‘Uh, this leaves a sour feeling, kind of like trying to be played.’

 

  “I never offered to help in something like that,” Aether quickly shut down the idea of him helping to put an end to the recent laws in Inazuma. 

 

  Thoma looked taken aback, “...Ah. That’s an…unexpected development.” 

 

  Despite the shutdown, the fixer didn’t dwell on it any further and gave Aether an ‘invitation letter’ and that he could be found at Komore Teahouse on Narukami Island. He had to go back now that his job was done in Ritou, the trio watched him calmly walk away. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

   We had settled a dispute here, but that left another problem: foreigners can’t leave Ritou. 

 

  “I’m sure this is the next part of Thoma’s ‘test’,” Aether sighed as we walked to the end of the island where the Kanjou Commission was stationed. 

 

  Hiigari Shinsuke was the head of the Kanjou Commission and wouldn’t stop praising Aether and Paimon, I began to zone out after a bit, which is when I noticed a woman hiding behind one of the wooden pillars of the house.

 

  She was absolutely beautiful, the outfit she was wearing complimented her eyes. I zoned back in when Paimon pulled on my clothes, “Stop spacing out and convince Aether delivering hundreds of letters is not worth it!”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The Travelling Trio ™ didn’t make it far from the gate before we were stopped to have a letter delivered. It was from a Miss Hiigari, which I assumed was the woman I had seen, but apparently, Aether had seen her too. While Aether confidently smiled and I was left in a dejected state due to the wording of the letters, Paimon angrily questioned our reactions as we waited for the night for the planned meeting Miss Hiigari had asked for.

 

   ‘Miss Hiigari, in another universe!’  

 

  Though Hiigari Chisato’s letter and manner of speaking left us to make assumptions that made hearts skip a beat (I actually thought she was going to propose marriage to Aether. I would be totally jealous, but that would’ve been a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity!), her reasoning for meeting with us was that of marriage -just not with the golden traveller. 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The next day, we went up to the Statue of the Seven to have Aether resonate with Electro (he said it felt like being hit by an electro slime). Then, it was off to carry out Miss Hiigari’s plans of acting as her bodyguards while she accompanied a cargo that was moving from Ritou to Narukami before being shipped to Watatsumi Island. 

 

  We had heard some information that I couldn’t help but think about, ‘The Kanjou Commissioner was talking to someone about keeping Aether in Ritou? Who? And from what I’ve overheard in the streets, isn’t Watatsumi Island where the resistance against the Shogun is stationed? Why would there be trade between two rivals at the moment?’  

 

  Escorting the cargo was nothing and once we made it to the outskirts of Narukami, Lady Chisato bid us farewell and good luck as we headed to Komore House to give Thoma a good talking to.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The Inazuma scenery was a breath of fresh air, everything blended in so perfectly. I finally took notice of a giant mountain with a strange purple aura around it, it was very intriguing. Closer to our views, we came across a woman with a mask standing in front of a fox statue. 

 

  After some vague words resulting in something appearing from the statue when Aether used his newly acquired electro skills, the shrine maiden introduced herself as Kazari and deemed the golden traveller as the ‘Destined One’. She entrusted the Traveller to lift a barrier nearby and promised a good reward, of course. 

 

  And while we did agree to help,  it would, unfortunately, have to come later. For now, we had to get to Komore Teahouse as soon as possible. 

 

   The Invitation Letter from Thoma was presented to Kozue, the shop assistant that stood outside Komore Teahouse. It took quite a while to find, mostly because of the long walk (all those stairs, what a workout). 

 

  Inside, we were met with a dog sitting on the counter who suddenly began talking to us! But Thoma’s little joke was brief as he jumped from behind the counter to properly greet us. 

 

  Thoma , as promised, said he would take us to see Kamisato Ayaka -deeming Aether with the ‘courage to face the lightning’. The phrase reminded us of something quoted from Kazuha’s late friend, who, apparently, Thoma had also known. ‘ Hm, so has the Yashiro Commission been opposed to all the new laws since the beginning?’

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Before heading towards the Kamisato Estate, Thoma took us to see something that had caught my eye.

 

  He called it the Statue of the Omnipresent God and it was much bigger up close, maybe even bigger than that of the Barbatos statue in Mondstadt. It even had a pair of wings just like it, except something that made me feel uneasy was embedded into these wings. 

 

  “So the visions collected from the Vision Hunt Decree are put on the statue to prevent change?! Isn’t that…kinda selfish?” Paimon couldn’t help but say out loud. In a much quieter voice, Thoma answered, “Yes. And you are not the only ones that think that. I agree that it should not exist, Miss Kamisato has been against it since the day it was announced.” 

 

  While Thoma went more into detail about his thoughts on the shogun’s ideas of eternity, Aether had gotten closer to the statue and put his hand up to it before jerking it back to hold his head. 

 

  “Ugh, what was that noise?”

 

  Paimon and I looked at each other before letting him know we hadn’t heard anything. Thoma was also confused by his reaction until Aether mentioned that it sounded like people’s aspirations. 

 

  “Hm? I guess that confirms the saying. Have you heard of it? When someone’s ambition becomes strong enough and the gods look upon them with favour -visions are given and those represent people’s ambitions,” the green-eyed man stood in thought before looking at his special guests with a smile, “Well, onto the next stop on our Narukami Island Tour: the Kamisato Residence.” 

Notes:

Hello!! Thank you for reading!!! The Travelling Trio TM has made it to the Land of Electro!!

This will be the last update of the year, so happy holidays!! I hope you all enjoy your end of year celebrations :)

 

If you are reading this, i do want to ask how yall feel about me officially adding romantic hints here and there? Nothing too big ofc, but aint nothing wrong with kissing the homies goodnight, you know? do let me know what yall think and with who, i'll hear yall out lol

 

In other news, guess who got c1 scara when trying to get gorou cons ToT. so so happy, but man gorou pls come home
i have mixed feelings about the most recent archon quest but thats besides the point

again, thank you all so so SO much for reading and enjoying my reader-insert works, I am cringe but I am free (and delusional)
this story is almost at 10k hits which is insane to me, writing this has been so fun and I hope to continue even if genshin falls off the rails, im already stiving away from canon things anyways haha (delusional)

Chapter 26: The Princess’s Wishes

Summary:

Part 25

  The Kamisato Estate was on the mountain side, which was quite the trek away. 

  As we journeyed, Thoma told us stories about the scenery and pointed out details of the land he had come to call home. When walking, he was leading the way a few paces ahead as Aether stayed back to try and talk to me without weirding-out our tour guide too much.

  “Traveller, seeing as we’re away from the city, I thought I’d ask,” the man in front stopped for a moment, “Aside from travelling with Paimon, I heard rumors that you are accompanied by something or someone else, someone not visible to the regular human eye, is that who you’re whispering to back there?” 

  “Rumors?” Paimon asked in my stead, “There’s rumors about (Name)?” 

  Thoma looked surprised, “Ah, they have a name? So it’s true?”

  Aether glanced my way, as if to ask for permission to make my existence known. 

  “All the rumours are true, yes, “the blonde to my side replied, “would you like proof?”

  The Kamisato attendant lightly scratched his cheek, “I’m not sure what you mean by that, but no need, I believe you.” 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  Kamisato Ayaka spoke to us through a screen, addressing all three of us after Thoma confirmed that I was, indeed, real. 

  Like her attendant, the Shirasagi Himegimi stated her dislike of the current state of things in Inazuma, but Aether once again shut down the idea of us getting involved. Except this time, Miss Kamisato was not going to let him go so easily.

  “I can arrange an audience with the shogun, on one condition.” she reluctantly let out a sigh from behind the screen. 

  Aether, though already halfway to the door, paused for a moment before begrudgingly turning back around to listen to her proposal.

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

    The Travelling Trio ™ stepped out of the Kamisato Residence walls after Miss Kamisato trusted us with her three wishes. She wants us to talk to and help out people who have recently become visionless because of the Vision Hunt Decree. 

  There was something I wanted to say, but it would probably make me sound like an asshole. But like a certain someone said, I should express how I feel more often.

  “Hey,um…” I started out, “I just wanted to say that it kind of feels like the Kamisatos are pushing you to go against the Shogun, even though all we want is to talk to her…I know that what is going on is unacceptable, still feels kind of wrong.”

    Aether glanced between Paimon and I, then smiled, “Yeah, I know... But if this is really the only way to see the Electro Archon, I’m willing to do it. Even if when we meet, it’s with our weapons drawn.” 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

    First, we helped a man named Tejima in Konda Village who had forgotten his purpose for staying around. After 30 years of protecting the village, he had become a different person after his vision was taken away -forgetting the reason for his stay was to wait for the woman he loved but never came. 

  Next, an officer called Kurosawa who had forgotten his work in helping out the locals by providing food and supplies, even if it meant he went into debt. 

  The last person we saw wasn’t like the ones before. An apparent sword master had gone mad, according to two of his students, and needed an exorcism done to get rid of whatever was driving him crazy. But a casual exorcism did not seem to be enough -a shrine maiden that had come to perform the ritual let the swordmaster’s students know that there were no evil spirits within him, none she could detect at least. So what was making him act so different, more different than the other men we had spoken to?

  Inagi Hotomi, the shrine maiden, let the students know that the head of the Grand Narukami Shrine had taken interest in this particular case. Miss Inagi told the two to bring their teacher up to the shrine the next day to have their Lady Yae take care of whatever was bothering him. 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  ‘Wow! So the shrine sits atop of this mountain? Well, it does sound important, but geez, there better be a waypoint up there. If Inazuma is this walkable, my calves will be able to cut diamonds by the end of our time here!’ 

  The next morning, we were invited by Junya and Nanako, the two students, to take Mister Domon up to meet with Lady Yae. Our little entourage was kind of excited to meet her, Junya had mentioned that the head shrine maiden holds connections to the Raiden Shogun herself. 

  We stood around and waited for the lady in question before she appeared from behind closed doors.

  “Is that Lady Yae? Must be, she has a striking presence,,wait. Is it just Paimon, or did she look right at us?” 

  The Trio stood off to the side while Inagi explained the scene before us to Lady Yae: Domon, who had to be forcefully carried all the way up here, was crouched on the ground, begging to be left alone by those we could not see. 

  Without wasting a moment, the Head Shrine Maiden concluded that Mister Domon was not possessed and had suffered a spiritual loss, leading to his descent into madness. All caused by his vision being taken away. With his ambitions forgotten, it left room for his inner anxieties and regrets to grow in their stead. 

  An older man, who we had briefly talked to before as he sneaked around at night, showed up and seemed to help more than anyone else could. Anzai, Domon’s old teacher, seemed to talk some sense back into his old student and get him out of whatever state he was in. 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  We watched the swordmasters and trainees leave the shrine, which we were about to do as well before Lady Yae gave us some parting words. 

  Her words seemed to say that she knew of our arrival, but that, “For us to meet now is premature. Nevertheless, you set foot on these islands at precisely the right moment. I look forward to more from you three…I have high hopes. Don’t disappoint me.”

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

    Thankfully, we were away from the city, so using our gliders to fly down to the Kamisato Residence would not look too odd. We did not dwell much on Lady Yae’s words, but they were truly mysterious and confusing. But hey, she mentioned three of us, hooray for the first person that can see me in Inazuma!

  At the Kamisatos, the lady herself appeared from behind the screen to greet us face-to-face, the nickname of Shirasagi Himegimi did seem to fit her well. Apparently, granting three wishes is all it takes for Kamisato Ayaka to consider you her friend. She said there were also other things she wanted to discuss with us, but that it would be better for us to speak in a more private place.

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  Komore Teahouse was built on a plot of land given to the Yashiro Commission in times of old for their role in government, so Miss Kamisato shared the tale. The Yashiro Commission had the right to do whatever they wanted on this land, including deciding who comes in or not. ‘Wait, now that I think about it, does that mean that even Taroumaru is a Yashiro Commission employee? What an accomplished dog…’

  Kamisato Ayaka answered many questions we had and gave us her thoughts on matters such as the resistance on Watatsumi Island and the Shogun herself. They were all very helpful pieces of information, but added more mystery to the situation in this nation all the more. 

  Though Aether had finally agreed to officially help put a stop to these injustices, Miss Ayaka said there was no plan to face the Shogun just yet, as there was a much closer matter at stake. She told us that a man known as Master Masakatsu had been arrested by the Tenryou Commissions for the manufacturing of fake visions to help fool collectors. 

  Aether sighed, “So, you want to dump the task on me?” 

  Miss Ayaka’s face tinted a hint of red, “Actually, I was hoping your friend could take care of this. (Name) isn’t visible to most people, isn’t that right?”

  Hearing that I was part of this plan made me a bit excited, “Oh, that’s actually a really go-” 

  “No.” 

  The Shirasagi Himegimi, Paimon, and I both stared in shock at Aether’s quick refusal; he has gotten pretty good at them. 

  He continued, “I’ll take care of it quickly, breaking someone out of jail can’t-”

  “If it can’t be that hard, then why are you opposed to me doing it?” It was my turn to interrupt him. 

  The blonde turned to face me, words seemed to be stuck inside his mouth but he ultimately said nothing in front of Ayaka. I turned to Paimon to retaliate my words to the Kamisato before us, “Tell her I’d like to hear what she has in mind.”

  Miss Kamisato said there was someone in the Hanamizaka area at a firework shop that would help me if agreed to, and this other ally would tell us more about the plan in mind. 

Notes:

hope everyone is having a decent start to the new year aaaaa

i'll be honest, i've been neglecting writing this fic ToT
just like li yue, i'm at a part of the story that goes by so quickly but feels so long at the same time. i'm trying to add time between events (and indulge my copium orz)
I'll be busier this school semester but I'll try to keep writing ahead, nearly halfway through inazuma aaaaa

i dont know what else to write haha THANK YOU FOR READING ^-^

Chapter 27: Not a shadow, but a shine

Summary:

Part 26

 

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other siiidee~°¤•

 

  The walk to Naganohara Fireworks was quiet between the two. Only the sound of the city atop the hill and the river’s running water was heard. 

 

  Paimon had sneaked into the serenitea pot to get some food, they could probably sense the tension between her two friends on the way to their destination. 

 

  “Hey…” (Name) was the first to speak, “Why aren’t you okay with me doing this one thing?” 

 

  Aether paused his descent down the wooden path, whispering, “...It could be dangerous, what if something happens to you…?” 

 

  Finding confidence, the one behind him couldn’t help but raise her tone a bit, “More dangerous than facing a dragon or battle-hungry ginger?” 

 

  “You’re my friend, (Name), can’t you understand,” the blonde in turn moved to look her dead in the eyes, “I don’t want to risk anything.”

 

 (Name) furrowed her eyebrows, “Risk what? It’s just busting someone out of prison, I don’t think it can be that bad.” 

 

   “Just let me take care of it, alright?” Aether retaliated, “I want to take care of this as quickly as possible, I want to make sure nothing goes wrong.”

 

  “And I want you to depend on me!” 

 

  The outburst seemed to shock both the mysterious travellers, The blonde stared at his friend before him, a strange sense overwhelming him as a light shade of red developed on his cheeks and ears. 

 

  His stare made (Name) feel embarrassed and she looked down at her clenched hands as she continued speaking, “Obviously, I’m not as strong as you, nor will I ever be. But…that doesn’t mean you can’t depend on me for simple things like breaking someone out of jail…Uh, simple compared to what we’ve already done…” 

 

  It was nighttime in Inazuma, and neither expected their first days in the Land of Electro to go like this. 

 

  Aether carefully reached towards (Name)’s hands and held them in his. 

 

  “I’m sorry. You’re…right, this is not a big deal, in the grand scheme of things… ” he apologized. 

 

  (Name) looked up to meet his eyes, hastily looking to apologize as well, “N-No, I’m sorry for, um, for yelling…” 

 

  The Traveller chuckled, “You should do it more often, it helps knock some sense into me.” 

 

☆☆☆

 

  Naganohara Yoimiya was the one Ayaka had told us about regarding the plan to help Master Masakatsu escape from the hands of the Tenryou Commission. She had been given a fake vision that saved her from getting her real vision taken away, so Yoimiya couldn’t leave her saviour to sit in jail. 

 

  As awkward as it was, I managed to make my existence known to Yoimiya to have the plan set in motion. To communicate, I would light up sparklers she had given me with the fire posts that were to be found inside the jail. I could tell Aether was still a bit uneasy about me going alone with Yoimiya, so I asked if it was okay for Paimon to join. That way, if we get caught, Yoimiya can easily hide and Paimon disappears into her void while I just stand there (haha). 

 

  He agreed and said that if we took too long he would march right in to look for us, but Yoimiya reassured him that it wouldn’t take long. Did she even really need our help?

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The police station jailhouse was a bit of a maze, but we managed our way around it. 

 

  A little after sneaking through a secret passageway, Yoimiya said to split off as she had a ‘little gift’ to prepare. With the shake of a sparkler to acknowledge the plan, the pyrotechnician went off on her merry way while Paimon and I managed to knock out some guards that were on watch.

 

  Some halls and doors later, Paimon whispered to be weary of some guys and an older man on the floor before them up ahead. 

 

  “Ugh, those Tenryou Commission brutes are tutoring him,” Yoimiya, who had suddenly appeared out of nowhere, whispered as she, too, watched the scene in front of us. 

 

  She seemed ready to jump at the officers at any moment, but I pulled her to the side when another person showed up. Yoimiya sneaked a peak and gasped, “Kujou Sara? She’s a general in the Shogun’s Army. What is she doing here…?”

 

  Kujou Sara seemed to reprimand the prison guards for their unallowed use of torture. Yoimiya saw the opportunity to act while they were distracted.

 

  “Are you sure now’s the time?” Paimon whispered with a big tone of concern. 

 

  The pyrotechnician slowly walked towards the group, but the sound of her stepping on a loose plank gained the attention of the officers. 

 

  We heard Kujou Sara say, “Go investigate,” and were ready to throw Yoimiya into a barrel if need be, but apparently, it was time for her ‘little gift’ to be presented.

 

  An explosion was heard from the next room over, which distracted the prison guards as the prison-break gang rushed to Master Masakatsu. The poor man had been beaten badly and barely managed to stand as Yoimiya helped him up.  

 

  I sensed someone watching us and turned to see Kujou Sara looking down on the group. 

 

  “Ah! Y-You’ve been watching us?” Paimon cried as her heart nearly leaped out of their chest. I stood in front of Yoimiya and Master Masakatsu so they could leave in case the Shogun’s general attacked, but she did not.

 

  Kujou Sara spoke, “Yes. Leave before I let my judgment get the better of me. Get him immediate medical attention, but once he’s recovered, it won’t be long until I bring him right back.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Once we were able to leave thanks to the mercy of Kujou Sara, we found Aether anxiously pacing around.

 

  Yoimiya said she would treat us to drinks another time and told me I could keep the remaining sparklers, then she speedily took off with Master Masakatsu to the local infirmary. 

 

  The Trio headed back to report to Miss Ayaka as Paimon and I recounted our encounter with the Shogun’s general to Aether so he could tell the Yashiro Commission members the surprising news. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “I see, so Kujou Sara stayed her hand. It would appear she still has some honour to her,” Thoma reflected on his thoughts when the Travelling Trio headed back to Komore Teahouse and retold what I had seen. 

 

  Thoma and Ayaka were relieved that all went well, especially with the appearance of the Shogun’s General. With the success of this mission, Ayaka was ready to jump into the next step, but Thoma advised her to slow down a bit. He mentioned how the Tenryou Commission was busy preparing for a ceremony of sorts, which would lower the number of vision collectors and give them time to relax for a bit. 

 

  To close out the night and start our short break since stepping foot in Inazuma, Thoma roped the group into playing some hot pot game, which ended up backfiring on him as his stomach did not agree with all the weird things he himself added to try and mess with Paimon. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  After a good meal and goodbyes, my chums and I were discussing how to spend our free time when the Shirasagi Himegimi called out to hold on a moment. 

 

  Taking advantage of this break period, Ayaka wanted us to help her with greeting gifts for one of her mother’s old friends, whom she has never met or even heard of. With this, she also promised to show us around Narukami Island, so who were we to pass on a (semi) free tour. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The next day, the group followed Ayaka around Narukami and Ritou as she gathered items for a gift to the so-called Tsubaki. She commissioned a kimono and treated the group to food while we waited. We got to learn more about Ayaka throughout the day, as well as her mother, who turned out to be the Tsubaki we had been looking for (or well, Tsubaki was like another side of her mother, I guess). 

 

  From the kimono to the food we ate, we had helped Ayaka unknowingly fulfill some wishes her late mother had, all that was left was to attend a festival. And wouldn’t you know it, there was one going on right now (Ayaka said that festivals were held very frequently, even if they weren’t of a large scale as one might think). 

 

  So of course, to help her and honour her mother, the trio joined Ayaka as she went to attend her first festival. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  Amakane Island was where most small festivals were held in Narukami, and though it was small,  its cherry blossom trees made it stand out and the perfect place to spend the night and watch fireworks. 

 

  The place looked a bit empty, but that was just because it was the last day and many visitors had already left. ‘I guess that’s kind of good for Ayaka since she doesn’t want to stand out, huh?’

 

   “Oo!” Paimon pointed out something that caught her interest, “Look at that stall, it has masks!” 

 

  The man who owned the stand turned our way and his eyes landed right on Ayaka, “Wow! Miss Kamisato! Here on official business? Guess we can’t close up yet if you’ve come to see!”

 

  Ayaka kept her composure after his (embarrassing) outburst, “T-There is no need to make a fuss. Actually, I am here to show my traveller friends around, that is all.” 

 

  The vendor laughed, “It’s the first time Miss Kamisato has ever come to a festival, it seems only fair to let you experience it. Here, have some masks on the house!” 

 

  “Ah,” the Shirasagi Himegimi was a real humble one, “N-No, you’ve been far too generous already. We couldn’t possibly…” 

 

  Alas, the vendor got through to Ayaka and handed over two masks. Paimon furrowed her eyebrows, “Hey, what about Paimon?”

 

  The vendor looked at Paimon and proceeded to apologize because he did not have any masks that would fit her without covering half their body. To not feel left out, he promised to make her a custom mask that they would be able to wear for future festivals. 

 

  “Alright, Tra-” Ayaka seemed ready to move along with our festival experience, but our conversation here wasn’t done. 

 

  “I’m sorry, just a moment,” Aether apologized for interrupting her and turned back to the mask vendor.

 

  “Is there something else you would like?

 

  The blonde held up the bag of mora we always carried for quick access and asked, “Yes, how much for another mask?” 

 

  “Ah, what? No, no, no friend of Miss Kamisato’s needs to pay today, here have another! Take as many as you’d like!” 

 

  Ayaka looked at their interaction with confusion until Aether turned to me and called, “Why are you all the way back there? Come here.”  

 

  I blinked. Without realizing, I had been trailing a few steps behind them. The vendor nervously laughed, “Haha, who are you talking to?”

 

  But Aether ignored his question as he handed me the mask he had picked out and joked, “Now only Paimon will be left out.”

 

  The fairy wasn’t having any of it as she rebutted,” Hmph! Paimon is getting her own special mask and it will be cooler than yours!” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  After enjoying some food and getting sentimental while drawing our wishes on prayer plaques, it was time to head out as the festival was closing out. 

 

  As we headed through the forest to see Ayaka off, she stopped us by the river to thank us for our time today and wish us luck on our journey. Then, she surprised us with a special dance. 

 

  Her bright hair, elegant moves, or the moon’s shine -whatever it was, the Shirasagi Himegimi really lived up to her nickname. It was a sight to behold.

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  While walking, Paimon asked, “Uh, where are we going?”

 

  The Travelling Trio ™ stopped for a moment to take in the question, ‘Wait yeah, what now?Hmm…’

 

  “Well, in a few days, we can go check in with Ayaka and Thoma to see if they came up with anything, no?” 

 

  “True, “ Paimon then yawned, “all that food made Paimon sleepy, should we call it a night?”

 

  Seeing her yawn made me yawn, too. Aether laughed at our tired expressions, “You two can go ahead, I’ll look for a place to hide the serenitea pot.” 

 

  He made our moving home appear and after bidding our goodnights, Paimon and I were off to bed. Not much was on my mind as I was tired from everything we had done. I tried to wait for Aether, but my eyes slowly closed and I did not try to stop them.

Notes:

hellooo
i was going to upload yesterday but i forgot anyways
aaa, really need to start writing in advanced more but orz, we're trying lol

hope everyone is doing well!!

i dont have much to say lol

thank you for reading as always ^-^

Chapter 28: Wanted Criminal Check 3: Inazuma’s Most Wanted

Summary:

Part 27

 Days later, we were at Komore Teahouse to meet up with Thoma and Ayaka. Kozue greeted Aether and Paimon as usual, but the usually quiet Taroumaru was barking up a storm. He didn’t seem angry, but rather desperate to communicate something. 

 

  “Thoma? Ayaka? Anyone here?”

 

  We had expected the Fixer to be here already, but it seemed that was not the case. Aether was trying to calm the teahouse owner down when Ayaka came rushing in, desperately asking, “Have you seen Thoma?”

 

  Paimon shook her head, “No, we thought he’d be here already or with you. Why?”

 

  Ayaka’s expression got more negative than it already was when she rushed it, “It is as I fear, then. On the way here, I heard that Thoma was taken by the Tenryou Commission. The fact he isn’t here proves this right.”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The Trio ran (and flew) out of Komore Teahouse and up the city streets to the very noticeable monument.

 

   “The ceremony that was in the works,” Ayaka told us before she rushed out, “it’s a Vision Hunt Ceremony to mark the 100th vision seized, I fear Thoma will be their 100th.”

 

  Ayaka was ready to come down and take Thoma back herself if she had to, but being who she is, we advised her to let us handle it instead. As much as I would like to see Ayaka throw hands again, it would be too risky for her family name. 

 

  As we crossed over the bridge, a group of people gathered by the statue, gazing down at something…

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Thoma was tied up and guarded on both sides as a figure stood at a distance,  in front of the Statue of the Omnipresent God. I could not really see what they looked like, but from the way everyone around us acted -I didn’t need to know what they looked like to know who they were.

 

  The Electro Archon extended her hand out to bring the pyro vision towards her, ‘I didn’t know archons could do that.’

 

  While I was stuck in my thoughts, the blonde next to me used his acquired elemental skill to act quickly and snatch the vision before it made its way into the archon’s hand. 

 

  Brain emptied, time to move. 

 

  Paimon followed Aether while I made my way over to Thoma, seeing as the guards had their eyes on Aether. I had only managed to give the man a spook when grabbing his hands before an electric bolt made me jump back. Aether cleared the way and ran towards us, then slipped Thoma’s vision into a satchel Thoma carried. He stood guard in front of us as we watched the Electro Archon descend towards us. 

 

  “Capable of using elemental energy without a vision…” She said, “You are an exception, it appears.”

 

  Violet eyes stared at Aether as if he was a weed in her garden, “Exceptions…the enemy of Eternity.” 

 

  I have to admit, I forgot about Thoma as we were separated from and watched Aether be swallowed up by a dark void the Shogun had created. 

 

  “AETHER! WHERE DID HE GO? WHAT DO WE DO?!” 

 

  I had no way of calming Paimon down, but to be fair, I was screaming too as I banged on the electro barrier that would just push me back. Not even a full minute passed before the barrier came down and Aether laid on the ground.

 

  “Aether!” I yelled as Paimon and I rushed to him as fast as we could. 

 

  Paimon shook and pulled at his hair, crying, “Wake up! Wake up!” 

 

  My weapon naturally materialized and I found myself guarding Aether and Paimon against the incoming Electro Archon. 

 

  The energy radiating off of her made the hairs on my back stand up, but I held my ground. Sword is drawn, she walked towards us, but stopped when she seemed to take notice of me. With her being an archon, it was no surprise she could see me, but it looked as if she hadn’t cared to.

 

  “What are you?” She questioned. 

 

  And after receiving no response, she raised her sword, “No matter.” 

 

  I took a deep breath and held up my weapon, fully ready to face Raiden Shogun’s power -when something that just barely missed my head flew past me and redirected the archon’s attention and power. The shock released after deflecting the polearm that had been directed at her sent everyone flying back. It also seemed to get Aether to regain some consciousness. 

 

  Without a word, Thoma -who was now free- slung Aether over his shoulder and we booked it down the hill before the Electro Archon could charge up her attack again. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Thoma put Aether down when we stopped outside of Komore Teahouse and told us to take care of the next steps of the plan by ourselves as it would be better for him to hide. The teahouse was the only place the Tenryou Commission could not touch, so he would be staying there as we went off to find the Watatsumi Island Resistance. 

 

  “The Yashiro Commission,” Thoma said, “Is…not particularly on good terms with them, but they shouldn’t have any reason to turn you down.” 

 

  We couldn’t spend time dilly-dallying around with the Tenryou Commission right around the corner, so off we went. 

 

 °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  When we went to the festival with Ayaka, I remembered there were many boats along the shore of Amakane Island that people could use for travel between the islands. 

 

  I offered to row towards the closest island (to be honest, we have no idea where we’re going aside from names) as Aether still seemed to be a bit out of it. He rested his head on the side of the boat and didn’t say a word. Even Paimon was quiet as the only sound that was heard that night was that of thunder at a distance. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~ 

 

  The Golden Traveller seemed better as we walked around, eavesdropping for information about the current state of things. There was a Shogunate army base nearby and locals who seemed to be running away as the battleground between the Resistance and Shogunate expanded. 

 

  We kept walking, syncing up waypoints where we could find them, in search of Nazuchi Beach where it seemed that the Resistance was being pushed back by the Shogun’s Army. 

 

  There was not much as far as we could see, except for two shogunate soldiers surrounding a man in a different coloured uniform. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Phew…You saved me. I thought I was about to die.” 

 

  After forcing the Tenryou soldiers to retreat, the man in the unknown uniform introduced himself as Teppei, a soldier from the Resistance. Aether told him he was looking to join the resistance and Teppei gladly led us to where their camp on Yashiori Island was stationed. The soldier also filled us in on what has been happening in the battleground of this war from the lack of soldiers in the resistance to the power Kujou Sara had in leading the Shogun’s Army. 

 

  It was a bit odd how quickly he trusted Aether and told us front-line info, but any information is good, I suppose. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  A storm was raging all throughout the island after we left the beach. It was hard to see what was in front as dark clouds hid the sun that grazed our skins a few minutes ago. It was dangerous to stay in one place for too long, for lightning stunned the ground every so often at random. 

 

  It seemed this had been going on for a while, though, for the soldier easily moved through the rain and guided the group into the resistance campsite. There were many tents and tarps set around, helping people take shelter from the rain. Many tents seemed to function as rest spots for the injured as many could be seen laying down, bandaged from head to toe. 

 

  Teppei led us to one makeshift building at the end of the camp, where the one I assumed to be the general was relaying orders to others. I could really only assume he was the general we were looking for, his uniform was different…but he also stood out for different reasons.

 

  ‘No way, it’s a dog-man.’ 

 

  I couldn’t help but be surprised. Yeah, we have seen half-adepti like Ganyu, the Kätzlein from Springvale, and whatever Sucrose is -but never a dog-hybrid! It’s the simple pleasures in life. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “You’re saying you’re the ones that interrupted the Shogun’s Ceremony?”

 

  It had seemed as if General Gorou was going to be a tough cookie to convince about us joining their cause, but once Aether brought up the fact that we're wanted criminals, the general considered it. ‘Maybe he has had an experience of other wanted people coming to the resistance?’

 

  “Hm, wait a minute. A bounty notice we caught from a defeated Shogunate Samurai read: ‘Reward for the capture of a blond-haired male traveller, their mysterious flying pet, and (colour)-haired woman companion’ with ‘If applicable’ written in a smaller font after the last phrase,” the General lifted an eyebrow, “If this refers to you, where’s the woman?”

 

  Paimon pointed in my general direction and said, “(Name) is right here- wait, who are they calling a ‘pet’!?”

 

  The general’s eyes followed and stayed on me for a while, looking for something. ‘What a weird bounty, what is this, catch two get one free? His eyes have been on me for a while…Could he…?’

 

  “The..raindrops are bouncing off of an invincible force…” He stated his observations out loud. 

 

  I guess shaking hands is officially the way to prove my existence when someone takes notice because that is how we managed to convince the Watatsumi General. Teppei, too, though he could not see the raindrops bouncing off of me like the hybrid could. ‘Could the General see that because of his animal instincts or because he’s a vision wielder? Kazuha was the first semi-normal person to be able to acknowledge me…’

 

  “I understand your situation well enough for now,” the General seemed pleased after Aether’s explanation, “On behalf of the resistance, welcome to our ranks.”

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Once the Travelling Trio ™ had , for the third time, become fugitives and joined the resistance, Gorou tasked Teppei with showing us around the base. We paid a visit to the hospital ward, the training grounds, and even fended off some Shogunate Samurai that were attempting a sneak attack. 

 

  The attack should’ve been avoidable, according to Teppei, since the resistance still has control of a bit of the area with guards set up at stations. Part of the camp fence seemed to be broken, which led him to believe it was done by someone on the inside -a resistance traitor. 

 

  We were not able to dwell on it much, for when we went back to report to the general, another soldier told us he had been called away to Nazuchi Beach. There, the Shogun’s army was attempting to break the resistance front lines while being personally led by Kujou Sara. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Teppei wanted to make a difference in the front lines, he told us so during our tour. Which is why he immediately urged us to head to the beach, though we would’ve probably already gone. Anything to get away from the rain! And you know, help the resistance we just joined. 

 

  When we rushed past the few troops in red, the opposing generals were in the midst of talking. 

 

  “Ah, so this is the famed Traveller,” Kujou Sara spoke when her eyes landed on Aether. 

 

  The opposing general moved her attention from the hybrid to the Golden Traveller and challenged him to represent the Watatsumi Resistance in a Fight of Honour. General Gorou turned to explain what this entailed, but the blonde beside me agreed without second thought. 

 

  This Fight of Honour, Gorou explained when Paimon asked, is a ceremony before a battle where the two sides choose a representative to go against each other. The outcome of which will either boost or lower morale, depending on the side. 

 

  Unsurprising to anyone who has already witnessed the strength of the Traveller ™ , the Shogunate soldiers were no match for him, yet Kujou Sara seemed pleased. I stood to the side with Gorou and Teppei, the other soldiers on standby. The Watatsumi General couldn’t hide his stress as his foot repeatedly tapped against the sand, almost as if he wanted to be the one fighting.

 

  But he wouldn’t have to wait longer, as when the final round ended, Kujou Sara was quick to command their advance. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~ 

 

  Weapons clashed left and right. I took advantage of my odd existence to give the enemy a surprise they couldn’t see. Gorou was slinging arrows with his bow faster than I have ever seen, he kind of seemed like a different person once on the battlefield.  Heck, even Paimon was doing her best to throw sand in the shogunate soldiers’ eyes. But it wasn’t enough.

 

  There wasn’t time to take a breather when the resistance was clearly outnumbered by Kujou Sara’s troops. It had even started raining, ‘fantastic…’

 

  Yet, there was something weird about this rain. It was coming from the sky, of course, but water also seemed to be coming up from the ground. I took advantage to knock over some soldiers in purple when the strange phenomenon caught their attention. 

 

  “The wait is over my comrades, now is our moment!” 

 

  I couldn’t help but turn towards the source of the sudden declaration. A woman stood tall and proud atop the old shipwreck nearby and based on her appearance, I guessed the particles leaking out of the ground were her doing. 

 

  A horde of resistance soldiers appeared after the new person showed up and helped turn the tables of this important conflict. Our reinforcements were strong enough to make Kujou Sara retreat. The Watatsumi Resistance had won the Battle at Nazuchi Beach, they could all take a moment to breathe.

Notes:

RAAAA WATATSUMI TIME YAAAAAAAAAAA
im a watatsumi island characters lover (kazuha and heizou are part of that group as well)

i wonder if anyone catches the reference for these 'wanted criminal check' titles im so cringe help
i wrote this chapter last september before school and now school is almost over oh wow

alright, thank you for reading!!

I FORGOT TO TALK ABOUT THISOMGGG
i saw ricky montgomery live in february and he performed Cabo which was a huge source of inspiration for this fic (see the chapter 16) and IT WAS AMAZING I CRIED okay that was it <3

Chapter 29: Something Worth Fighting For

Summary:

Part 28

   Everyone stood still as the last Shogunate Samurai disappeared past the beach and into the hills. It felt like I could finally take a breath.

 

  Gorou called us over after relaying some orders to the troops and we stood in a circle as the woman aboard the ship gracefully made her way down to greet us. 

 

  “Greetings, Aether and (Name). This is the first time we’ve met, please allow me to introduce myself. I am Sangonomiya Kokomi, organizer of the resistance and also the Divine Priestess of Watatsumi Island.” 

 

  ‘Divine Priestess…is she a deity? Is that why she can see me? Oh my, this beautiful woman can see ME?! Wait, how does she know my name? Aether, it’s pretty obvious how, but mine…?’ 

 

    The Divine Priestess said she had heard all about us from Beidou and Kazuha, who I had not even noticed were here. Lady Sangonomiya suggested we continue discussing the plan from here on out at the shrine in Watatsumi Island - which Teppei offered to guide us to- once we finish with business here.

 

  She thanked Gorou for his leadership in her absence and told him to stay here to continue overseeing local activity with the help of Kazuha and Beidou with the Crux. Soon after, she excused herself as she had some business to take care of and left. 

 

  °•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Beidou and Kazuha!?” I finally revealed my surprise once the commander left. 

 

  Kazuha smiled at my shock, “It’s good to hear you again, (Name).” 

 

  The Crux Captain slung her arm around the man and commented, “So, this ‘(Name)’ is here, huh? Real bold for managing to sneak right past my eye, haha!”

 

  “Eh? Beidou found out about (Name)?” Paimon asked. 

 

“You didn’t think you could hide a whole person from me without me finding out, huh? Doesn’t matter if they’re invisible or something alike,” Beidou ruffled Kazuha’s hair and Paimon laughed. 

 

  Gorou, who had been speaking to a soldier, came back and put his hand to his chest, “Kazuha… And Captain Beidou, as General, I give you my thanks for your help today, it was a welcomed surprise.  I would like to offer more, but I’m afraid something else comes first.” 

 

  “...I know. I,too, shall help -all will be accounted for,” the samurai seemed to know what Gorou had to do and offered his help. Beidou went to gather her crew while Kazuha and Gorou walked off to where others were already retrieving the bodies of the fallen resistance soldiers. 

 

  “A boat is heading to Sangonomiya in a couple of days, ” Teppei was back after running off for a bit. Aether gave him a nod and held onto my arm as we walked back towards the western docks on Yashiori Island. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~ 

 

  For a couple of days between the Battle at Nazuchi Beach and when a boat was scheduled to head to Watatsumi Island, the Travelling Trio spent time getting to know the resistance some more. 

 

  Our government-appointed military tour guide was still a bit (very) confused about the whole ‘invisible person’ situation, but still, he tried to address and include me whenever we did something as a group. 

 

  “You simply crush up the Onikabuto -oh, (Name), would you like to try?”

 

  Teppei held up the mortar and pestle when he was showing the trio some of his herbal remedies. I took it from his hands, ground up the insect, and added a bit of water, and a hint of mint, all per his instructions to achieve a nice paste that would be able to cure flesh wounds. 

 

  Our resistance comrade had his duties to attend to, which gave us time to explore the never-ending rainy island. While looking around at a huge skeleton that caught our attention, the trio came across a man named Kaji. 

 

  The man told us that Yashiori Island was clouded with never-ending storms because tatarigami have spread outside of their containment zones due to the Resistance destroying their shrines. The tatarigami brought not only rain but also made people ill and mad, making many flee the island. 

 

  Fixing up the tatarigami shrines made the storms on the island disappear. I couldn’t help but cheer when the rain stopped, and the clouds cleared away. We’re sure the resistance will be glad the rain stopped, although they had well adapted to it…and Kaji did say the storms started because of them. I’m not sure if that’s all true, I’m just glad I won’t get stuck in muddy places anymore. 

 

  Aether trained with the resistance soldiers every morning before the sun could even be seen across the horizon. As he did that, I would spend my time in the med-tent, (albeit creepily) learning the methods the resistance used to patch each other up. Making a healing paste from Onikabuto made me think about what other objects could be ground up to create things to provide some aid on the battlefield. 

 

  Even after training with the others, Aether would make time to train with me. As much as I told him not to push himself, he would always tease me and reply with something along the lines of, “Gotta make sure I can rely on you, right?” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The day to set off to Watatsumi finally came. A ship set off back to the island with the latest intel, seriously injured soldiers, and the Travelling Trio featuring Teppei. The ride consisted of our close Sangonomiya comrade making sure we wouldn’t get seasick and telling us about the island we would arrive at. 

 

  Although, none of Teppei’s descriptions could compare to us laying witness to the beauty of Watatsumi Island for the first time. When walking through the island, after docking, I couldn’t help but gaze around like a fascinated child. The colours, the bubbles, the floating jellyfish??? Or jellyfish illusions, whatever they were- I could tell they captivated not only me, but Paimon and Aether, too. 

  

  Teppei was not able to give us a thorough tour of the island as we quickly made out way past the resistance training grounds and to Sangonomiya Shrine, where we were to meet with Sangonomiya Kokomi once again. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  “Your Excellency,” Teppei addressed Sangonomiya Kokomi after whoever she was speaking to before left, “I couldn’t help but overhear something about a… third party supporter? What is that about?”

 

  The Resistance Leader explained what Teppei had heard seconds before: the island had received a letter from a mysterious outside supporter that said they were willing to help their cause and have provided supplies that can help the forces focus on recruiting more manpower. 

 

  “I am not without my suspicions,” stated Kokomi, “but these supplies have helped us greatly. The supporters' conditions were also simple: the resistance must continue to fully dedicate itself to the fight against the shogunate. Whatever other motives they have, we have this in common, at least. We don’t know when this war will be over, but as long as the Vision Hunt Decree remains in force, we will never give up our fight.” 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The Divine Priestess’s first task for us on Watatsumi Island included Aether being appointed as Captain of the Resistance’s special ops team: Swordfish II. As Teppei got his own assignment, we parted ways and the Travelling Trio was off to help clear away some ronin that were causing trouble by the shores. 

 

  It took some convincing from the veterans -understandably so, if some person suddenly showed up to take charge I wouldn’t want them bossing me around- but we managed to take care of the ronin threatening to distract the soldiers from the actual war going on. Sangonomiya recommended that we should wait a few days to take care of our next task, to familiarize ourselves more with the island and its people while we were here. 

 

  This was an opportunity for me to take in more of Watatsumi Island’s environment. I cannot stress how the atmosphere here gives me enough serotonin to last ages. The only thing that was really missing was some green, which I guess is due to Watatsumi’s lack of arable land as Teppei had told us on the way here. The way people dressed was also a bit different from the other Inazuma islands. I'd definitely want to learn more about this place.

 

  As captain of a platoon, Aether was given his own tent at the barracks.  It had darkened by the time we were left alone in the tent, which simply had a bed in it with a small pop-up table and chair. Luckily the bed was just big enough to fit both Aether and me, so we (Aether) wouldn’t accidentally oversleep or scare someone by appearing to not be in the tent when inside of the Serenitea pot. Paimon, on the other hand, wouldn’t mind oversleeping inside of her void area for the time we spent here. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Captain of Swordfish II was up before the sun to go out and train with his troops. I, however, woke up to Paimon pulling on my hair. 

 

  “(Name)! Where is Aether?”

 

  Lazily getting out of bed and folding the thin blanket that was provided, I replied, “Well, he is captain of a military troop during a war, so he’s probably out running up and down the coast, perfecting their aim, or whatever training special ops troops do.”

 

  After trying to push me to go look for him and me rebutting that I was trying to do my own thing and Paimon being too scared to go out by herself, Paimon and I set off to walk Watatsumi Island while munching on some egg rolls. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Paimon and I were admiring the many sango pearls in the waters of Watatsumi, nonsensical chatter that stopped only when we came across the sound of weapons clashing. 

 

  In a clearing next to one of Watatsumi Island’s many waterfalls, we were surprised to find Kazuha and Gorou duking it out. 

 

  "Oh no," Paimon gasped, "why are they fighting? We need to stop them!" 

 

  "Shh," I tried to reassure Paimon that it was nothing to worry about based on the expressions they both held, "I think they're just having fun." 

 

  "Fun!?"

 

  Her raised voice made the men stop mid-attacks to turn in our direction. 

  

  "The Traveller’s companion, are you lost perhaps?" the Resistance General was the first to ask after they lowered their weapons. 

 

  Kazuha stayed quiet for a moment before speaking, "I don't believe so, Gorou. Good day to both, Paimon and (Name)." 

 

 Though neither could see me, I felt the need to wave at the two when greeting them,  "Hello! Don't mind us, just wasting time here and there. We heard the commotion and came over." 

 

  We chatted for a few minutes, Kazuha passing on my words to his friend, who still seemed confused about my whole situation. The two mostly asked us of how our time on Watatsumi Island had been so far, and how Kazuha had met us back in Li Yue. They said Sangonomiya herself had asked for their presence on the island and that they would be in Watatsumi for a few days before going back to Yashiori.  A soldier running up to the area we were in cut the reunion short.

 

  "General Gorou, Kazuha! Apologies for interrupting, but Her Excellency has requested your presence at the old shrine." 

 

  There was no urgency in the soldier's voice, but Kazuha and Gorou excused themselves and quickly left for the old Sangonomiya Shrine. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  After clearing away some strange mechanical jellyfish around the area, Paimon and I went back to our government-assigned tent until Aether came back for the day. 

 

  “How’s it go, Captain?” I glanced up from the book I was reading. 

 

  The blonde sighed and fell back on the bed just as Paimon appeared from her void, “Aetheeeer, what have you been doing all day?” 

 

  He said he had been training with his group for a while, then overseeing other groups and answering questions people had for him. Other captains had also been letting him in on the war situation since the Battle at Nazuchi Beach and from the sound of it, it seems like things had gotten better for the Resistance. 

 

  “I heard rumours that they’re going to have a special feast at the mess hall soon. Either way, I’m starving, and I assume you two are as well.” 

 

  Paimon immediately lit up, “Why didn’t you say so earlier? Let’s go!”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The energy of the mess hall was through the roof.

 

  The Resistance had managed to acquire many luxuries that can usually not be afforded in trying times. The smell of meat lingered throughout, the lively chatter and laughter bounced off the walls and got louder when a certain someone stepped into the room. 

 

  “General Gorou! Are you joining us for dinner tonight?” 

 

  “Of course,” the General smiled, “And I am not the only one, tonight.” 

 

  “You make it sound as if someone as important as Sangonomiya herself is joining us, Gorou,” the voice of Kazuha stepping into the dining hall could not be mistaken, and the other soldiers instantly recognized it as well. 

 

  “Well, look what the tide dragged in!”

 

  “Kazuha! Where have you been? Sing us a tale why don’t’cha!”

 

  Throughout the hall, cheers erupted as Kazuha greeted all of his old comrades. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  As we ate, Kazuha took the time to indulge his old friends and acquaintances in some stories from his time away, mostly involving the mountains of Li Yue or time at sea. Everyone attentively listened, laughing at points I think weren’t even supposed to be funny. 

 

  Gorou had disappeared for a brief moment before he came in with two barrels of something over his shoulder. The wandering samurai paused his story for a moment and warmly smiled when his friend returned, announcing to his audience, “Perhaps this tale would be better with a drink.”

 

  Though Sangonomiya herself had strictly said, “But to be clear, still no alcohol,” perhaps she had had a change of mind or was trying to surprise the troops. It wasn’t much, but it sent the energy up to the stars. It felt amazing to share a meal and a drink with so many people fighting for the same cause, for one reason or another. 

Notes:

i totally didnt almost forget to upload this month waaa
i might not upload next month tho, even though i have a chapter ready but its the last one i have so i'll try to write more but also may = exams eee anyways

ummmmmm i dont really know what to sayyyyy
hope y'all have been welllll
thank you for reading as always :))

Chapter 30: Feeling of Static Energy

Summary:

Part 29

Our task was finally taken care of a few days later. It was a simple investigation of some electro pillars and old ruins off the coast of Yashiori Island. Which is where we also met back up with Teppei. 

  We took a moment to catch up as he excitedly told us that he had also been promoted to captain of a platoon, which led to more work here and there. Teppei said he had caught some sort of cold at sea, so he was on his way back to Watatsumi Island when he saw us on this small island and took a detour. 

  “Don’t stay here for too long, the Tatarigami energy is not good for your health!”

  And with that warning, he turned and went back to his boat on the other side of the island. We had to report back to Kokomi on what we saw here, anyway, so it was a race to see who got back to Watatsumi first. 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  Teppei’s cough wasn’t the only thing that had worried us after not seeing him for a while, but his appearance too. His hair had a lighter hue to it and his face made him look older than I remembered. And the more I think about it, he wasn't the only one. A handful of others had greying or white hair, but I simply assumed they were in their later years but still held a fighting spirit. 

  It’s awful to know that that fighting spirit was part of their downfall.

  Kokomi had been speaking to Gorou when we had gone to her to report our completed task. They had recently discovered that soldiers had been experiencing symptoms of accelerated aging after acquiring secret weapons from the Resistance’s anonymous sponsor, something Gorou had only found out about when he brought them in for questioning. 

  “What the…?” Aether’s surprised face held a hint of disgust after Gorou held out one of the ‘secret weapons’ he had to forcefully take from a soldier since none would willingly part with them. 

  The Resistance Leader ordered an immediate seizing of all delusions that we instantly recognized as being provided by the Fatui. There was no time to ponder on why the Fatui had decided to aid the Resistance, time was ticking- faster for some, especially. 

  Gorou had been quick to set up a designated place to round up all delusion users to have medics watch over them. He then went out with a group to confiscate more delusions from those that refused to part with them after Kokomi had spread word of who they come from and what they do.

  It had only been a few hours since we last saw him, but the effects were clear.

  Teppei had visibly aged. Age wrinkles, white hair that reduced in volume, not to mention he could not even muster the energy to stand up when we found at one of the tents in the hospital area. I couldn’t help but stare at him as he fought to keep his eyes open as Aether explained the situation. 

  “Huh, guess it couldn’t have gone without its risks,” Teppei sighed, “...And I was excited to show you all our captain uniforms, Her Excellency said there would even be one for Paimon and (Name). You should go fetch them when you can. Bring them back here to try them on after I rested up… I’ll be right as rain.” 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  This sucks. This sucks, this sucks, this sucks so much. 

  That's the only way I can describe how I feel. ‘Damn the Fatui.’

  Once Teppei had fallen asleep, we ran into Kokomi giving direct orders outside. She turned to us to speak, but Aether got his words out first, “We’re going to deal with the Fatui ourselves.”

  The Divine Priestess was taken aback by his statement, but I could tell neither of us were surprised. She sighed, “I believe it would be a waste of time to try and stop you”. 

  Kokomi gave us insight into her thoughts regarding the situation. Due to the Sakoku Decree, she inferred, the Fatui must have a factory to produce the delusions within Inazuma. It would’ve been very noticeable on Watatsumi Island, so it must be somewhere on Yashiori Island to reach Resistance soldiers. The Resistance Leader gave us estimated coordinates of where they must be working in the shadows and then we were off.

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  The place the Fatui had decided to make their base immediately made the hairs on my back stand up. Yashiori Island still had lingering tatarigami, but the energy inside the makeshift delusion factory felt as strong as in Musoujin Gorge. 
 
  Crates on crates of Crystal Marrow were all around, helping connect the dots to what we had been dealing with on Ritou when we arrived in Inazuma. Notices and information we got from Fatui we took down as we searched for the source of it all from within, semi-detailed the plans the Fatui had to keep the Resistance and Shogunate fighting for as long as they could and even that they had people infiltrating the Resistance to weaken their moral and help with the spread of their weapons. 

  “Do these people not tire!? Ugh, they infuriate Paimon so much!”

  Paimon chimed up occasionally to fill the silence we had kept since leaving Watatsumi. Aether’s furrowed brows showed all that needed to be said. 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  Finally, we came across a large room that looked like a dead-end, were someone came to greet us as we were looking around. Paimon hovered closer to me as she was the first to speak, “Are you another Harbinger? Like Signora and Childe…?”

  He introduced himself (how kind) as Scaramouche, “the Balladeer, number six of the Fatui Harbingers.”

  Scaramouche let us know that he was just “here to follow orders” and wasn’t the one behind all of the issues in Inazuma, ranging from the Vision Hunt Decree to the delusions.  Childe was…special in his own way, I did not know much about Signora, and this guy was in no-less way more confusing. 

  “Trading their short lives for supreme power and a chance to fulfill their ambitions, pretty good deal don’t you think? Heh, human lives are worthless.”

  The Balladeer’s words seemed to send Aether over the edge. The blonde gripped his sword as he stepped forward, “Don’t you dare call their lives worthless. You-”

  As Aether choked with his words, Scaramouche grinned as he looked down at us. Paimon and I tried to hold Aether up as he fell to his knees and groaned in pain while holding his head. 

  “He-Hey, what’s wrong?”

  “Aether! Try to breathe, deep breaths, alright?”

  He knelt to the ground, trying to stay up and glare at the Fatui Harbinger but whatever was affecting him was overcoming him.

  “Haha!” Scaramouche laughed, “Yes, just like that…embrace it, embrace the anger!”

    I didn’t know what to do. From the corner of my eye, I saw Scaramouche slowly creep towards us, but I couldn’t bear to leave Aether on the ground. Paimon’s cries stopped to gasp at something that made me turn my head, but as soon as I did, everything went dark.

Notes:

yeah,,, my motivation has kind of died to continue this IM SORRY ToT
I had this chapter ready since march, took a break in may for finals, now im back home and just meeeeehhhhh

Like, i have some parts I do want to write about (aether and heart beating out of my chest related obvi) and something with (Name) and last years GAA event, the Sumeru Archon story and how (Name) would resonate with some stuff AAAAAA, but its just the getting there is the part that is blaaaaaah
also with fontaine coming and traveller 99% getting arrested like, i cant use my 'Wanted Criminal Checks' anymore, Madagascar is just a trilogy ToT

so,,yeah, sorry if this dies here ToT
I'll still be writing the occasional oneshot and stuff but ya know eee
follow me on twt @ beylinine where i post keyboard smashes and art
i have some stickers up on my etsy also @ beylinine if anyone is interestedd

aaaa
yeah
i dont know what else to write here so as always
thank you for reading :)

Chapter 31: It’s time to duel!

Notes:

no you're not seeing things like a random person who cant talk travelling with a blonde guy and fairy, i actually uploaded

    I awoke with a jolt, bumping my head on the wooden surface behind me.

  My whole-body aches, as if I have been asleep in this awkward position against a wooden crate for days.

  Looking around as I stand up, I realize I am at the Grand Narukami Shrine.

  ‘Before blacking out… I do remember seeing Yae Miko. At the moment, I don’t see her around, neither do I see my travelling companions. Just how long have I been out? Feels like almost a year…’

 

  Making my way down the mountain, I think about what to do. I can’t just go back to Watatsumi without Aether, now can I? What would I even tell Lady Sangonomiya when I, myself, don’t know what happened? I should go somewhere here in Narukami where it’s safe for us then…

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The shiba inu barks as I enter Komore Tea House. If anything, at least this business savvy dog can somewhat acknowledge my presence. I go up to him and gently pat his head while asking if he had seen any of my friends. Not that I would understand his response, but it was worth the ask. 

 

  “Who goes there?”

 

  I turn my head to see the blonde Yashiro Commission housekeeper, peaking his body out from a room, looking weary of his surroundings as he appears to see nothing. 

 

  The blonde I was looking for steps out from the same room and our eyes meet immediately, right before our arms wrap around each other as well. I can’t help but berate him, “Where have you been? What happened? I was so confused when I woke up.”

 

  “Me? You were still passed out after I woke up. Yae Miko sent me on a task, of course. I was going to go check up on you after this. Did she send you here?” Aether updated me a bit on what happened while I was out.

 

  I shook my head, hearing him mutter, “of course”, to himself before he continued our embrace. 

 

  After pulling away due to the confused pyro-vision wielder behind him, Aether led me to the room where he had been meeting with Ayaka, Thoma, and a commission ninja named Sayu. They run through everything that had happened and come out, something about the Tenryou and Kanjou Commissions being in kahoots with the Fatui all along and gathering proof for Yae Miko to present to one of the Tenryou higher ups, Kujou Sara herself. My mind was still a bit groggy from being asleep for a bit, but the fresh air as we went back to the shrine should help clear it up.

  

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Aether stood tall next to me as Kujou Sara read over the papers the ninja girl had gathered. Her serious face, set on arresting Aether and I, twisted in confusion the more she read. Guuji Yae could not have a more pleased look on her face for being right, especially after the Shogunate General began racing out of the shrine, on her way to demand answers from the head of the clan. 

 

  I was already racing after her with Paimon, but stopped when I noticed the shrine maiden had held Aether back and they were discussing something I could not make out much of. Paimon began telling me about a harsh test Aether had gone through, something along the lines of ‘Anti-Shogun training’. I could only wonder what it was for…and if it would even be enough for what I knew it was deep down. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  ‘Having your own soldiers fighting you to stop you from talking to the head of the clan is definitely a confirmation of inner corruption and secrets being kept’. I kept the thought to myself as the Travelling Trio ™ joined Kujou Sara in clearing a path to the head of the Tenryou Commission. 

 

  “Duck,” I heard her stern voice come up behind me and I acted before asking questions as an electro charged arrow flew over me and hit an incoming soldier.

 

  I jumped back up and kicked back another that was heading towards me before looking to the general, “...You can see me?”

 

  The taller woman turned to me, her brows furrowed from all the action, but clearly staring me down before she continued forth. Another person to add to my list.

 

  “Uh- thank you!”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  

  “This guy seems way too into the Raiden Shogun’s Musou no Hitotachi,” Paimon whispered to me as the tengu confronted her master and adoptive father on their alliance with the fatui. 

  

  Kujou Sara turns her back on the older man, and we are about to walk out to find the Shogun herself to reveal the truth, when the news of someone already meeting with her is revealed by Kujou Takayuki, “The Shogun is at the Tenshukaku receiving a Snezhnayan diplomat- the Harbinger by the name of ‘Signora’.”

 

  The woman really loved racing out of places as I barely had a moment to take a breath before we chased after her once again. 

 

  Citizens looked as one of their generals raced down the streets, almost as if flying. Others were gasping in surprise, as they recognized Aether and Paimon from the wanted posters.  The sun began to set over the vast seas around the archipelago. I could only hope this was almost over. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The Shogunate General was laying on the ground when we managed to enter Tenshukaku. Two of some of my least favourite people so far, standing just a few feet away. 

  

  “Signora!”

 

  The woman lightly chuckled as she turned to face us, “I know. I know you can’t get me out of your mind…But really, there is no need to call my name all the time.” Signora gave Aether a bored expression before glancing over at me, a smile on her face as she waved. 

 

  She continued dismissing out claims, stating that those who died were foolish and worthless to begin with, but they get to be ‘building blocks’ of eternity in Inazuma, and everything else was a necessary sacrifice for the Tsarista’s dream. 

 

  If it was possible, steam could have been emitting from Aether’s head the more she spoke, his gloves tightening as he tried his best to keep his fists to his side. The words the harbinger was saying were bothering me as well. So many had died in this civil war, all the chaos caused in Li Yue and issues in Mondstadt. Necessary sacrifices my ass. 

 

  “I challenge Signora, the eighth of the Fatui Harbingers, to a duel before the throne.”

 

    “Proceed,” the Raiden Shogun says, approving of the duel before I even had a chance to process the words spoken out of my blonde friend’s mouth. 

 

  I tried to reach out to Aether, but Paimon held me back by tugging my thumb. Signora paused for a moment before smiling and stepping closer, “You are aware…the loser must die? Are you sure this is what you want?”

 

  With a stern nod, Aether and Signora stood before each other. The harbinger glanced at me briefly, “...this scene does not involve you, anomaly of the universe.”

 

  Her icy stare made me freeze, my legs reluctantly moving me back, over to where Kujou Sara was and lifting her over my shoulder with the help of Paimon and moving back a safe distance. I was not there when Aether fought against Tartaglia, this would be the first time I see him fight a fatui harbinger. My throat felt dry. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Fuckin’ hell it was freezing. Even with the barrier the Raiden Shogun had created for the duel arena, goosebumps covered my arms and legs as I watched Aether doge Signora’s icy powers. Kujou Sara was knocked out cold, not waking up no matter how hard I tried. I also tried to not focus on the fact the Raiden Shogun was just a few steps above, standing still and watching the duel. 

 

  My brows furrowed as Signora enveloped herself in an ice cocoon and Aether had to chip away at it, his anger alone seemed to melt it slowly. Paimon hovered next to me, also in confusion and worry, “What is she doing? She’s basically hiding!”

 

  Aether kicked and picked at the ice with his sword, but the ice blasted off from steam and sent him back as Signora re-emerged in a new form. I couldn’t help but stare at her with wide eyes, and a bit of awe, “What…what…?”

 

  Fuckin’ hell it was boiling. I began to fan myself as I watched in horror as Aether tried to jab at the crimson witch’s openings without being burned alive. Paimon made some commentary as we watched, “This same thing happened with that Childe in Li Yue! It has something to do with their fatui delusions, it makes them stronger and with multiple elements...”

 

  ‘Right, I remember that time with Teucer…’ I thought back to seeing another version of Tartaglia at the Ruin Guard factory when he had no choice but to use it in order to protect his younger brother. That had been unsettling to watch, but this was even more terrifying. 

 

  I tried to fan myself more the quicker my thoughts raced and the action, and room, heated up. Trying not to think about the fact this was a battle to the death, I could only dream of a way out without any more death.

Notes:

happy gay month
i had 100 words yesterday when i opened the google doc after almost a year and today i upload
am i back into genshin? not really, i havent played fontaine or anything really. i logged in to try to start but ehhhh, i did pull for arlecchino though so thats cool.
if anyone cares, ive been into eddsworld, mlp, poppy playtime, honkai star rail, and...a certain,, other fandom (ne ne papa-) and just my OCs within those fandom follow me on tumblr @ beylinine for art and rants?? i still love aether, dont get me wrong i love love love aether my love my life

uhhh
yeah, i have no new chapters but its summer so maybe i'll finish inazuma at least. and i honestly had no real reason for the existence of MC until i had a brain eruption during dinner so i'll see how that goes and maybe change some things of past chapters aaa yea
thanks for reading and to those who have commented i really appreciate it

Chapter 32: Lightning never strikes twice (for now)

Summary:

Part 31

Every hair on my body stood up before the electric shock wave was even felt from the Musou no Hitotachi the Electro archon used against the crimson witch for having lost the duel. There was nothing left from the fatui harbinger after the light adjusted, not even ashes. 

 

  I tried to speak but my voice felt stuck in my throat, refusing to come out of my mouth.  The electro energy in the air is suffocating, causing Aether to have a headache and Paimon to feel dizzy. The winner of the duel slowly walked a few paces ahead of me after the Raiden Shogun had let us go. More specifically, she had simply turned her back and said nothing more.

 

  Was that really it? Aether did not have a chance to speak, he turned and walked out after the end of the duel and we followed behind. Paimon stayed close to me, flying nearby in case she felt too weak to keep going. I could hear my heartbeat thumping in my head. ‘What happens now? Where do we go?’

 

  Just as I was thinking of our only allies in this war, some of the prominent figures, General Gorou and Kazuha came running up the steps to the Tenshukaku, near the Statue of the Omnipresent God. It was a big relief to see their friendly faces, but those faces soon soured as the cackle of electricity was heard behind me. 

 

  It all happened too suddenly, the next thing I knew, I was being held back by Aether as we watched Kazuha’s sword throw back the Raiden Shogun’s oncoming Musou no Hitotachi. The attack, while he blocked it, still sent him flying down the stairs to be caught by Gorou. Once making sure the samurai was, miraculously, alive, the General took charge and commanded his troops to attack the Electro Archon. As dozens of soldiers rallied up the steps, Aether also took out his sword and made a running leap towards the God before I could even materialize my own weapon. 

 

  And in a lightning flash, the Golden Traveller had disappeared just like the first time he had gone on the offense with the Electro Archon. 

 

  Resistance soldiers fought against the Raiden Shogun. Her movements were…odd. She was moving to attack, but not to kill. I took a few breaths, trying to ignore Paimon’s panicked screams in my ear as she worried about Aether being swallowed up by the Archon again and tried to help out as best I could. Aether knew what he was doing…right?

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  

  After what felt like hours, injured and tired soldiers- the Shogun suddenly ceased her attacks. 

 

  “Await further news.”

  That’s all she said before turning around and walking back up beyond the gates. Resistance soldiers groaned in pain in the sidelines, others took hesitant steps forwards- debating whether or not to continue their attack. Some even shouted curses in anger and confusion. I stood still in equal confusion. 

  Kazuha held his sword with both hands, watching carefully as the Raiden Shogun ascended up the steps and disappeared past our view point. General Gorou looked absolutely lost on what to do next. Shouting out orders, he kept his weapon out, “...Retreat, but stay on guard. We should not trust…whatever this means.”

 

  I wiped my sweaty hands on my clothes, but held onto my weapon. Paimon and I were about to retreat with the resistance troops, but Aether appearing back before us made us stay. Our floating white friend held on to him, spitting out complaints and worries. I noticed his befuddled expression and decided not to question anything for now. 

 

  Slowly approaching him, my steps quickened as he seemed to welcome my presence. I wrapped an arm around him, helping take weight off a leg he seemed to be limping because of- oh so slightly. No words were exchanged, only internal reliefs and glances to know we were at least in one piece. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  The two bowls of steaming ramen sat cold over the wooden bench we were sitting on some hours later. Paimon had already finished her food, of course, but Aether and I were finding it difficult to enjoy the meal -Aether more so- due to everything that had happened and that we came to learn after a post-vision hunt decree abolition chat with Yae Miko.

 

  After watching the resistance soldiers head back to the ports, our group had gone to find a quiet place to rest for a few moments before trekking up to the Grand Narukami Shrine. Aether clued me in on everything that happened and how that sly fox had been the mastermind behind it all coming to a grand finale. Not to mention she just handed the gnosis over to someone she KNOWS was the prototype for the electro archon and who is now number six of the fatui harbingers. It is all a lot to take in. May this ramen help me. 

 

  Looking over to the blonde man beside me -his eyes were focused on the ground, if at all. He barely touched his food. A look of pure disappointment and tiredness upon him. All of this, saving a nation for the third time, and no hints or information about his sister or her motives or even much of anything. 

 

  He took a deep breath, exhaling after holding it in for a while. His amber eyes met mine, I could only try to offer a slight smile. 

 

  Aether’s eyes stayed on me for longer than I could handle, I had to look away and down at our food, “It…still smells really good. Paimon seemed to enjoy it. But then again, she enjoys everything.”

 

  “Yeah…you’re right. Let’s dig in.”

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  Wrapping two blankets around myself was providing a bit of comfort as I sat in bed, leaning against the wall as I finished up writing up my summary on the events of the final chapter of Inazuma. Aether and I had not really discussed much of what to do next, but I believe we will take a few days or weeks to recover a bit, talk with those we know, and perhaps head back to the mainland onto our next nation. 

 

  Ever since the whole Lumine incident, I have tried to write brief summaries on the things we do. Not everyday, but I think what we survived today belongs in this old journal of mine. How long has it been since I acquired it? Too long perhaps. I found myself reading through some old entries. I was so excited about our journey and adventures as depicted in the words and use of exclamation points. Reading some pages about the dreams I started having, no more voids of emptiness when I sleep. 

 

  The dreams seem so mundane, I don’t seem to write anything memorable from them the next day. I straighten my posture as I notice a small detail that seems to be a constant in the dreams I describe: my lack of dialogue.  

Notes:

why do i always post these at midnight now or smth idk
lowkey (high key) hatedddd this but i also just dont care for genshin, can i just write about smooching aether smh i dont want to regurgitate lore anymore but dang i wanna write one specific part of sumeru so baaaadddd
anyways dreams

thank you for reading do people still enjoy this? idk lol, maybe i'll write more xreaders and some oc/canon stuff because i am cringe but i am free
unless i start on my thesis early in which case oop (def gonna procrastinate though as I've been doing all summer)

uhh
yeah
thanks again ok i sleep sjvsjdsjk

Chapter 33: On the outside

Summary:

Part 32

The sausage kept rotating over the fire, never burning even though it seemed to be roasting for hours as I stood next to the small stove outside of my house. At least, I think it's my house; I have never been inside- or remember being inside. This piece of meat didn’t even smell, I just kept looking at it as it rotated. Over and over and over-

 

  Ah! I hear the familiar steps. A slight shiver runs down my spine as I look up to see the Golden Traveller run up the path to the village, his mysterious white fairy floating beside him as he stops to talk to Draff. What do they talk about? I can never hear. I see the way the white fairy disappears into a speck of stars, even in plain daylight. The Golden Traveller. The name I have called him, for I do not know his actual one. His hair is what I imagine pure gold to look like, all tied into a neat braid that moves behind him as he passes to and from, all around Mondstadt, I should assume. 

 

  Should I assume? …What?

 

  Sausages, rotating over a fire. Round and round. 

 

  I blink. My hands are stuck to a broom as I sweep the cobbled steps to the sets of houses behind me. The water from the spring glows as usual, the wind that blesses our land quietly moves the trees and grass during the clear night. 

 

  Back and forth, back and forth my arms moved the broom, my legs remained still. 

 

  The light of the mysterious totem by the entrance to Springvale glowed, and the Golden Traveller appeared. He looked out of breath, almost as if he had been escaping something. My arms kept moving the broom though my eyes were on him. 

 

  His blonde hair moved about as he walked to sit on a bench, looking like a star fallen from the night sky above. He seemed to mutter to himself, rubbing his face in frustration before relaxing and sitting back. My eyes stayed on him. The broom swept, not even touching the ground. 

 

  The Traveller moved his head and met my eyes, I felt an ache in my chest. My fingers tightened on the broom as I saw him get up and begin to approach. It was tough, trying to pull a hand away from the broom- it was as if it was built into my hold. I managed to free one, raising it up for a wave, my fingers slowly parted away from each oth-

  No fish were catching onto my line that I had in the water as I stood on the shore of one of the islands of Guyun Stone Forest. My small fishing boat was anchored to the side, a single bucket of fish was already full, the other empty. How long have I been out here?

 

  I hear the sound of boots crushing the sand next to me. I could see the movement of blonde hair from the corner of my eye although I cannot turn my head nor my body. It pains my chest to hear a man let out a joyful humm. 

 

  “I have enough to upgrade now.”

 

  Every nerve in my body suddenly feels present while my heart beats out of my chest as I hear the steps approach.

  “Someone’s here? Fishing? Hello?”

 

  My eyes twitched, my fingers trembled though they were stuck to the fishing rod. Slowly, my lips parted, my teeth barely separatin- 

  A great pain came over me, I fell onto my knees in the middle of the path leading out of the Sangonomiya Shirine. My hands clutched my chest before stretching out over the grass. I was struggling to breathe, taking deep breaths. I have never done this before. 

  

  There were other shrine maidens nearby and some soldiers on guard, but none of them moved or even turned in my direction. I tried to cry out, to call for help, but my mouth wasn't moving. What is wrong with me? Why do I feel like- 

 

  Why do I feel?

  

 

  My back ached, I flicked away a bug that had crawled over my clothes after I jolted awake from my nap. I stood up, looking back at the tree I had decided to rest under. Some bits of bark had been sticking out, poking me while I slept. 

 

  I stretched my limbs and back before hanging my bag over my shoulder and continuing on my way through the never ending forest. Shades of green, brown, and yellow were all around. A waterfall in the distance. Taking a deep breath, I let my lungs fill with the refreshing air. 

 

  What had I even been doing out here? Perhaps looking for something. But what was it? A plant? Why do I always get sent out on these tasks?

 

  A sigh leaves my mouth as I stop to look up at the clear sky, not a rain cloud in sight. 

 

  I should try to remember before going back, or he’ll be upset if I show up empty handed. 

 

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 

  A shiver ran down my back after I awoke. The moon of the serenitea pot’s realm was still visible through the windows of the house. Instinctively, I reached for my blanket- only to find it had fallen off the bed. I pulled it back onto the bed, placing it to the side.

 

  Aether and Paimon were asleep in their respective places. I sat on the edge of the bed, scratching my head a bit. So many different dreams at once, all very odd. I should write them down…but first a glass of water. I quietly slid into my slippers and shuffled out of the room towards our small kitchen area. 

 

  

•¤°~Meanwhile on the other side~°¤•

 

  It was one of the many nightmares. He had lost track of how many times he had had this certain one. It had most of the usual, kinly betrayal, anger, desperation, and despair. They’re more so flashbacks but scaled to the dark imaginations of the mind.

 

  This particular one had been more intense than usual, so much so that it had Aether jump from his sleep. His heart felt like it was going to seep out of his throat and the amount of sweat running down his back made him haphazardly take his sleeping shirt off. 

 

  Though it was the dead of night, the decorative lights and moon from outside of their (nation)-themed home let Aether gaze around the room, putting his hand to his chest to try and calm himself down. 

 

  ‘It’s fine,’ he reassured himself, ‘they’re alright, they’re just asleep-’

 

  Paimon, curled up and sleeping like a baby in their hammock, was not what made Aether stop his self-comforting and get his heart beating again, but the mess of blankets on (Name)’s empty bed across the room. A part of his brain knew this was just a coincidence to make him feel worse, but the part of his brain that was at the wheel did not listen to it and stepped on the gas at full force.

 

  The blonde fumbled out of bed and rushed to her bed, confirming that (Name) was not snoring away. ‘What time is it? It should be very late? Where is she? Her stuff! He-Her stuff is still here…(Name)...’ 

 

  While his thoughts became more negative by the second, a whisper from the door reeled him back into reality. 

 

  “Aether, are you alright…?”

 

  His head snapped towards the door where a very sleepy (Name) stood. After closing the door behind her, she made her way back over her bed and kept her tone low so as to not wake the sleeping Paimon, “Geez, you’re sweating like mad, are you alright?”

 

  Aether, shakingly, put his hands on (Name)’s shoulders -as if to make sure she was really there. Once confirming, he replied, “Of course, everything is fine.” 

 

  (Name) yawned, “Sorry if I woke you up. I just … got up for a glass of water..” 

 

  The man’s hold on her wouldn’t die, (Name) figured he probably had a nightmare but didn’t question further, she simply said, “Come on, let’s at least sit down. I got up too fast and feel all wobbly.” 

 

  They sat on her bed, Aether wrapping his arms around (Name) while she tried to wrap a blanket around him without disturbing him. 

 

  “You’ll get cold without a shirt on, but at least you’ve stopped shaking.” 

 

  (Name) couldn’t get through a sentence without yawning, sleep was claiming her back into the realm, “Sorry…I’m very- a bit tired, apologies if I fall asleep.” 

 

  Aether had his ear against her chest, listening to her heartbeat. He was either too concentrated or too lost in thought to respond.

 

  (Name) was well aware Aether had plenty of nightmares ‘ Of course’ , she thought, ‘ someone like him, who has gone through so much, it would be weird if his mind didn’t also play tricks on him at times. ’ Back in their camping days, Aether would wake up from nightmares while (Name) was still awake. 

 

  She would be turned on her side, pretending to sleep, but the blonde would always either drift back to sleep or go out and not come back until he calmed himself down. (Name) feels awful when she looks back on it, but she didn’t know what to do then. Nor does she know now, but if Aether comes to her for comfort, who is she to decline?

Notes:

just wanna say yall should go watch Lost its so good, scifi, mystery, drama, survive plane crash, mysterious island, emotion, amazing music and characters, dog! happy birthday lost and crash of oceanic 815

 

anywaysssss, thank you for readinggg. I was going to upload this like a week ago and forgot because i uploaded an xreader lol, go read it if youre into Eddsworld :))
funfact, i wrote thew second half of this in november 2022 and the first half last month (2024)

okay thank you again aaaa

Chapter 34: Let’s have some fun, this boat is sick

Summary:

Part 33

We had been in Inazuma for longer than I care to remember. Sailing around the islands and discovering new things felt like a neverending journey in just one place. But we always came back to the main island to see our veteran friends.

  Thoma invited us over for tea at the Yashiro Commission headquarters. I sat next to Aether, sipping the warm cup of tea whilst listening to the advisor tell Aether about the changes going on in the government of the land and how busy Ayaka has been, despite the time that passed. It was great hearing about the changes that had happened for good, both within, and between, Inazuma and Watatsumi.

  The streets of Narukami were livelier, more colourful, happier. People smiled more, I noticed after the trio left the Yashiro Commission and were walking through the city with some food we had picked up to take with us on our way to the docks. The sight of familiar faces joined by a new one caught our eye by the bridge heading down the hill.

 “Hey, it’s all over now, isn’t it? No need to glare your fangs at me, General- though you know I like it,” a redhead chuckled, Kazuha was smiling at him while Gorou held his arms crossed, tail slightly swaying.

 “Perhaps another time, detective. Our reason for being here has arrived,” Kazuha spoke, the group turning their attention to us.

  The stranger nodded his head, “My, a valid excuse, I suppose. Since I will see you later, I’ll leave you to it for now.”

 He stepped forward and walked past us, but not before throwing a wink towards Aether.

   “Who was that guy?” Paimon asked. Gorou’s ears shook slightly, he cleared his throat before speaking, “He’s not important. Traveller and friends, it’s good that we found you.”

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

 Apparently, the people of Watatsumi were holding a special event to sort-of celebrate the end of their long struggle.

  The divine priestess had been exchanging correspondence everyday since the truce, according to General Gorou, and had managed to raise some benefits for the people of Watatsumi, especially the affected families.

 It excited me a bit, a bit of joy after everything. Not just for us, but for everyone. Aether seemed on the fence about the idea, perhaps preferring to get going back to the mainland, but ended up agreeing after Kazuha had mentioned that he and Beidou would be heading back to Li Yue a few days after it.

 With our food in tow, we followed the two towards the boat they had arrived in and set off to Watatsumi through the evening. I looked out at the seemingly endless sea on the boat towards the far out island, the distant mainland of Li Yue not even visible from the horizon.

  Our sea legs had definitely gotten sturdy from being here for months now, but one last hoorah with good food and company would be great before continuing our seemingly never ending, repetitive journey.

 Arriving on the island in the dead of night, the trio was welcomed to stay at a new inn the village closest to the docks seems to have built now that there would be more demand for places to stay on the island from outsiders.

  The futons were just what we needed after a long journey, but what was even better was the sign we had seen for the hot springs offered.

Paimon demanded we take a dip before leaving the island, so I made a mental note of it for the next few days.

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

The Travelling Trio ™ sat alongside other soldiers of the resistance at one of the tables that had been set up for the communal feast being held.

  All the chatter and salutations halted when Sangonomiya Kokomi stepped up to a podium and gathered the vicinity’s attention.

  “Good day, all! A wondrous day here on our beloved Watatsumi, the first of many now that so many things have changed for the better,” the Divine Priestess held her hands closed as her eyes gazed across her audience which consisted of us, soldiers, nuns, villagers, and everyone in between, “Today will mark the start of a new age. This age would not have been possible without the sacrifice of hundreds, countless hours working or fighting across the islands. None of it will be forgotten, for we would not be here without any of it.”

  Kokomi takes a moment to breathe, turning towards our table and resting a hand over her heart as she continued, “I would like to especially thank those who were there at the most crucial moments, the Traveller Aether, his companions (Name) and Paimon, and our foreign allies, Captain Beidou and her Crux Clan who we are delighted to have here with us to celebrate the new peace, remember those who fell, and honour everyone with this gathering and feast. To a better Watatsumi, today and tomorrow!”

  Those around me nodded and clapped once the Priestess ended her speech and came down from the podium, sitting at the end of the table near Beidou, Kazuha, and Gorou.

  There was a bit of everything for our meal as people had brought dishes to share all around. Drinks were passed around, musicians began to play minutes into the meal, and the conversations between friends and acquaintances we had met during our time here set the good vibes for a fun afternoon.

°•~○☆¤~°•~○☆¤~

  After most of the food had been cleared, I took a walk around the area with Aether and Paimon. I was wanting to bring up our next move, when another trio caught our eye- the same we had seen back in Narukami, the same stances and everything!

  General Gorou was, seemingly begrudgingly, handing a drink to the same redhead we had briefly seen before, and Kazuha contently stood by the two.

  The mystery man was the first to turn to us, “And here is another of Watatsumi’s honoured guests, the mighty Traveller. It’s a true pleasure.”

  Aether shook the man’s hand as he had held it out for my friend to take, a slightly weary tone as he spoke, “Pleasures all mine…”

  “Detective Shikanoin Heizou, at your service.”

  “There was no need to mention the ‘detective’ part,” Gorou gave the redhead a deadpan look.

  Kazuha smiled slightly and nodded to us in acknowledgement, “Heizou here works back in Narukami, but he is a good friend of ours, in actuality. Now that our governments are on good terms, Sangonomiya herself invited him over in an official show of good faith.”

The detective nodded, “And I am indeed most honoured. As I am also to meet you, Traveller. I have heard many, many things. Including about your friend, (Name), was it?” he glanced at Kazuha as if to confirm, which he did.

Heizou suddenly shifted his eyes to look straight at me, or at least…in my direction, but I felt a shiver run down my spine as if he was truly seeing me, especially after he said, “It’s nice meeting you, as well.”

  “It’s…nice to meet you, too, Detective…”

  Kazuha related by words to the man, who looked pleased afterwards. Heizou wrapped his finger around one of his long brown curls as he spoke again, “We were just on our way to find a good spot to watch the fireworks, care to join us?”

  “‘We’? You're no-” Gorou tried to say something before Paimon interrupted, “Oh? Fireworks?”

“Yes, the Divine Priestess believed having some fireworks would be a good way to end the night’s celebrations. Heizou sailed in with the shipment from Naganohara earlier. They’ll be set off from a boat off the island shore so they are not as loud and disturbing,” the man of flowery words explained the events of the night.

  I thought it sounded nice, nodding to Aether as he turned to see if I was interested in joining the group. And so off we trekked through the land, the men all chatting - though Gorou stayed a few paces ahead to lead the way while Heizou chatted up Aether and Kazuha tried to include me whenever possible.

  Finding a formation of rocks and boulders on the shoulder of a cliffside next to the village, we sat down and watched the fireworks go off. It was just as Kazuha had said, the beautiful creations of Yoimiya were just far enough where the sound they made was not loud or able to cause distress, being covered by the sound of the waves against the island as well. We were all quiet as we enjoyed the show of lights and sparks up above.

  I moved my focus from the fireworks to Aether for a glance, his eyes were closed and the sea breeze rattled his hair.

  As one journey ends here, another begins, we have grown used to it by now. But would it take as long? What issues were we up against in the next nation, the land of dendro? What of any unresolved things here and in the past ones? All the questions I had could cause a headache and that was the last thing I wanted at the moment.

  For now, I sighed with content, full of both food and good company.

Notes:

YUUUUUUUUP

Not me posting this at work um anyway. Thank you for reading and enjoying this fic even though I have turned to greener pastures! Ive been editing the earlier chapters so definitely go back and reread through them since ive changed a bit of stuff dndjdn

Dont get yalls hopes up of more frequent uploads but ofc i had to upload something for the third? Fourth? Anniversary of this fic fjjdjd featuring our favourite detective of course. I love Watatsumi and their characters (this includes heizou also ofc says the one who rides the hkzgrsc train lol(